]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
sd-ndisc: several trivial cleanups
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 256 in spe:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * Support for flushing of the nscd user/group database caches will be
8 dropped in a future release.
9
10 * Previously, systemd-networkd did not explicitly remove any bridge VLAN
11 IDs assigned on bridge master and ports. Since v256, if a .network
12 file for an interface has at least one valid settings in [BridgeVLAN]
13 section, then all assigned VLAN IDs on the interface that are not
14 configured in the .network file are removed.
15
16 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will stop generating units for ESP or
17 XBOOTLDR partitions if it finds mount entries in the /boot/ or /efi/
18 hierarchies in fstab. This is to prevent the generator from
19 interfering with systems where ESP is explicitly configured to be
20 mounted at some path, for example /boot/efi/ (this type of setup is
21 obsolete but is still commonly found).
22
23 Network Management:
24
25 * systemd-networkd's proxy support gained a new option to configure
26 a private VLAN variant of the proxy ARP supported by the kernel
27 under the name IPv4ProxyARPPrivateVLAN=.
28
29 * TPM 1.2 PCR measurement support has been removed from
30 systemd-stub. TPM 1.2 is obsolete and — due to the (by today's
31 standards) weak cryptographic algorithms it only supports — does not
32 actually provide the security benefits it's supposed to
33 provide. Given that the rest of systemd's codebase never supported
34 TPM 1.2 the support has now been removed from systemd-stub as well.
35
36 CHANGES WITH 255:
37
38 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
39
40 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
41 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
42 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
43 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
44 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
45
46 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
47 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
48 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
49 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
50 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
51 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
52
53 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
54 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
55 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
56 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
57
58 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
59 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
60 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
61 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
62 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
63 user feedback.
64
65 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
66 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
67 release to be enabled by default.
68
69 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
70
71 Transitions between real systems should be done with
72 "systemctl soft-reboot" instead.
73
74 * The "ip=off" and "ip=none" kernel command line options interpreted by
75 systemd-network-generator will now result in IPv6RA + link-local
76 addressing being disabled, too. Previously DHCP was turned off, but
77 IPv6RA and IPv6 link-local addressing was left enabled.
78
79 * The NAMING_BRIDGE_MULTIFUNCTION_SLOT naming scheme has been deprecated
80 and is now disabled.
81
82 * SuspendMode=, HibernateState= and HybridSleepState= in the [Sleep]
83 section of systemd-sleep.conf are now deprecated and have no effect.
84 They did not (and could not) take any value other than the respective
85 default. HybridSleepMode= is also deprecated, and will now always use
86 the 'suspend' disk mode.
87
88 Service Manager:
89
90 * The way services are spawned has been overhauled. Previously, a
91 process was forked that shared all of the manager's memory (via
92 copy-on-write) while doing all the required setup (e.g.: mount
93 namespaces, CGroup configuration, etc.) before exec'ing the target
94 executable. This was problematic for various reasons: several glibc
95 APIs were called that are not supposed to be used after a fork but
96 before an exec, copy-on-write meant that if either process (the
97 manager or the child) touched a memory page a copy was triggered, and
98 also the memory footprint of the child process was that of the
99 manager, but with the memory limits of the service. From this version
100 onward, the new process is spawned using CLONE_VM and CLONE_VFORK
101 semantics via posix_spawn(3), and it immediately execs a new internal
102 binary, systemd-executor, that receives the configuration to apply
103 via memfd, and sets up the process before exec'ing the target
104 executable. The systemd-executor binary is pinned by file descriptor
105 by each manager instance (system and users), and the reference is
106 updated on daemon-reexec - it is thus important to reexec all running
107 manager instances when the systemd-executor and/or libsystemd*
108 libraries are updated on the filesystem.
109
110 * Most of the internal process tracking is being changed to use PIDFDs
111 instead of PIDs when the kernel supports it, to improve robustness
112 and reliability.
113
114 * A new option SurviveFinalKillSignal= can be used to configure the
115 unit to be skipped in the final SIGTERM/SIGKILL spree on shutdown.
116 This is part of the required configuration to let a unit's processes
117 survive a soft-reboot operation.
118
119 * System extension images (sysext) can now set
120 EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=1 in their extension-release files to
121 automatically reload the service manager (PID 1) when
122 merging/refreshing/unmerging on boot. Generally, while this can be
123 used to ship services in system extension images it's recommended to
124 do that via portable services instead.
125
126 * The ExtensionImages= and ExtensionDirectories= options now support
127 confexts images/directories.
128
129 * A new option NFTSet= provides a method for integrating dynamic cgroup
130 IDs into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using this
131 setting is to be able to use control group as a selector in firewall
132 rules easily and this in turn allows more fine grained filtering.
133 Also, NFT rules for cgroup matching use numeric cgroup IDs, which
134 change every time a service is restarted, making them hard to use in
135 systemd environment.
136
137 * A new option CoredumpReceive= can be set for service and scope units,
138 together with Delegate=yes, to make systemd-coredump on the host
139 forward core files from processes crashing inside the delegated
140 CGroup subtree to systemd-coredump running in the container. This new
141 option is by default used by systemd-nspawn containers that use the
142 "--boot" switch.
143
144 * A new ConditionSecurity=measured-uki option is now available, to ensure
145 a unit can only run when the system has been booted from a measured UKI.
146
147 * MemoryAvailable= now considers physical memory if there are no CGroup
148 memory limits set anywhere in the tree.
149
150 * The $USER environment variable is now always set for services, while
151 previously it was only set if User= was specified. A new option
152 SetLoginEnvironment= is now supported to determine whether to also set
153 $HOME, $LOGNAME, and $SHELL.
154
155 * Socket units now support a new pair of
156 PollLimitBurst=/PollLimitInterval= options to configure a limit on
157 how often polling events on the file descriptors backing this unit
158 will be considered within a time window.
159
160 * Scope units can now be created using PIDFDs instead of PIDs to select
161 the processes they should include.
162
163 * Sending SIGRTMIN+18 with 0x500 as sigqueue() value will now cause the
164 manager to dump the list of currently pending jobs.
165
166 * If the kernel supports MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH, the systemctl and
167 machinectl bind and mount-image verbs will now cause the new mount to
168 replace the old mount (if any), instead of overmounting it.
169
170 * Units now have MemoryPeak, MemorySwapPeak, MemorySwapCurrent and
171 MemoryZSwapCurrent properties, which respectively contain the values
172 of the cgroup v2's memory.peak, memory.swap.peak, memory.swap.current
173 and memory.zswap.current properties. This information is also shown in
174 "systemctl status" output, if available.
175
176 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
177
178 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a PCR bank and explicit hash
179 value in the --tpm2-pcrs= option.
180
181 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a TPM2 key handle (nv
182 index) to be used instead of the default SRK via the new
183 --tpm2-seal-key-handle= option.
184
185 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows TPM2 enrollment using only a TPM2
186 public key (in TPM2B_PUBLIC format) – without access to the TPM2
187 device itself – which enables offline sealing of LUKS images for a
188 specific TPM2 chip, as long as the SRK public key is known. Pass the
189 public to the tool via the new --tpm2-device-key= switch.
190
191 * systemd-cryptsetup is now installed in /usr/bin/ and is no longer an
192 internal-only executable.
193
194 * The TPM2 Storage Root Key will now be set up, if not already present,
195 by a new systemd-tpm2-setup.service early boot service. The SRK will
196 be stored in PEM format and TPM2_PUBLIC format (the latter is useful
197 for systemd-cryptenroll --tpm2-device-key=, as mentioned above) for
198 easier access. A new "srk" verb has been added to systemd-analyze to
199 allow extracting it on demand if it is already set up.
200
201 * The internal systemd-pcrphase executable has been renamed to
202 systemd-pcrextend.
203
204 * The systemd-pcrextend tool gained a new --pcr= switch to override
205 which PCR to measure into.
206
207 * systemd-pcrextend now exposes a Varlink interface at
208 io.systemd.PCRExtend that can be used to do measurements and event
209 logging on demand.
210
211 * TPM measurements are now also written to an event log at
212 /run/log/systemd/tpm2-measure.log, using a derivative of the TCG
213 Canonical Event Log format. Previously we'd only log them to the
214 journal, where they however were subject to rotation and similar.
215
216 * A new component "systemd-pcrlock" has been added that allows managing
217 local TPM2 PCR policies for PCRs 0-7 and similar, which are hard to
218 predict by the OS vendor because of the inherently local nature of
219 what measurements they contain, such as firmware versions of the
220 system and extension cards and suchlike. pcrlock can predict PCR
221 measurements ahead of time based on various inputs, such as the local
222 TPM2 event log, GPT partition tables, PE binaries, UKI kernels, and
223 various other things. It can then pre-calculate a TPM2 policy from
224 this, which it stores in an TPM2 NV index. TPM2 objects (such as disk
225 encryption keys) can be locked against this NV index, so that they
226 are locked against a specific combination of system firmware and
227 state. Alternatives for each component are supported to allowlist
228 multiple kernel versions or boot loader version simultaneously
229 without losing access to the disk encryption keys. The tool can also
230 be used to analyze and validate the local TPM2 event log.
231 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart have all been
232 updated to support such policies. There's currently no support for
233 locking the system's root disk against a pcrlock policy, this will be
234 added soon. Moreover, it is currently not possible to combine a
235 pcrlock policy with a signed PCR policy. This component is
236 experimental and its public interface is subject to change.
237
238 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
239
240 * bootctl will now show whether the system was booted from a UKI in its
241 status output.
242
243 * systemd-boot and systemd-stub now use different project keys in their
244 respective SBAT sections, so that they can be revoked individually if
245 needed.
246
247 * systemd-boot will no longer load unverified Devicetree blobs when UEFI
248 SecureBoot is enabled. For more details see:
249 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/security/advisories/GHSA-6m6p-rjcq-334c
250
251 * systemd-boot gained new hotkeys to reboot and power off the system
252 from the boot menu ("B" and "O"). If the "auto-poweroff" and
253 "auto-reboot" options in loader.conf are set these entries are also
254 shown as menu items (which is useful on devices lacking a regular
255 keyboard).
256
257 * systemd-boot gained a new configuration value "menu-disabled" for the
258 set-timeout option, to allow completely disabling the boot menu,
259 including the hotkey.
260
261 * systemd-boot will now measure the content of loader.conf in TPM2
262 PCR 5.
263
264 * systemd-stub will now concatenate the content of all kernel
265 command-line addons before measuring them in TPM2 PCR 12, in a single
266 measurement, instead of measuring them individually.
267
268 * systemd-stub will now measure and load Devicetree Blob addons, which
269 are searched and loaded following the same model as the existing
270 kernel command-line addons.
271
272 * systemd-stub will now ignore unauthenticated kernel command line options
273 passed from systemd-boot when running inside Confidential VMs with UEFI
274 SecureBoot enabled.
275
276 * systemd-stub will now load a Devicetree blob even if the firmware did
277 not load any beforehand (e.g.: for ACPI systems).
278
279 * ukify is no longer considered experimental, and now ships in /usr/bin/.
280
281 * ukify gained a new verb inspect to describe the sections of a UKI and
282 print the contents of the well-known sections.
283
284 * ukify gained a new verb genkey to generate a set of key pairs for
285 signing UKIs and their PCR data.
286
287 * The 90-loaderentry kernel-install hook now supports installing device
288 trees.
289
290 * kernel-install now supports the --json=, --root=, --image=, and
291 --image-policy= options for the inspect verb.
292
293 * kernel-install now supports new list and add-all verbs. The former
294 lists all installed kernel images (if those are available in
295 /usr/lib/modules/). The latter will install all the kernels it can
296 find to the ESP.
297
298 systemd-repart:
299
300 * A new option --copy-from= has been added that synthesizes partition
301 definitions from the given image, which are then applied by the
302 systemd-repart algorithm.
303
304 * A new option --copy-source= has been added, which can be used to specify
305 a directory to which CopyFiles= is considered relative to.
306
307 * New --make-ddi=confext, --make-ddi=sysext, and --make-ddi=portable
308 options have been added to make it easier to generate these types of
309 DDIs, without having to provide repart.d definitions for them.
310
311 * The dm-verity salt and UUID will now be derived from the specified
312 seed value.
313
314 * New VerityDataBlockSizeBytes= and VerityHashBlockSizeBytes= can now be
315 configured in repart.d/ configuration files.
316
317 * A new Subvolumes= setting is now supported in repart.d/ configuration
318 files, to indicate which directories in the target partition should be
319 btrfs subvolumes.
320
321 * A new --tpm2-device-key= option can be used to lock a disk against a
322 specific TPM2 public key. This matches the same switch the
323 systemd-cryptenroll tool now supports (see above).
324
325 Journal:
326
327 * The journalctl --lines= parameter now accepts +N to show the oldest N
328 entries instead of the newest.
329
330 * journald now ensures that sealing happens once per epoch, and sets a
331 new compatibility flag to distinguish old journal files that were
332 created before this change, for backward compatibility.
333
334 Device Management:
335
336 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
337 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
338 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
339 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new switch
340 --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback block
341 device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and can
342 subsequently be referenced without first having to look up the block
343 device name the caller ended up with.
344
345 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
346 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
347 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
348 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
349 available to be found via that file's inode information.
350
351 * udevadm info gained support for JSON output via a new --json= flag, and
352 for filtering output using the same mechanism that udevadm trigger
353 already implements.
354
355 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
356 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
357 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
358 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
359 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
360 scheme.
361
362 * A new hwdb/rules file has been added that sets the
363 ID_NET_AUTO_LINK_LOCAL_ONLY=1 udev property on all network interfaces
364 that should usually only be configured with link-local addressing
365 (IPv4LL + IPv6LL), i.e. for PC-to-PC cables ("laplink") or
366 Thunderbolt networking. systemd-networkd and NetworkManager (soon)
367 will make use of this information to apply an appropriate network
368 configuration by default.
369
370 * The ID_NET_DRIVER property on network interfaces is now set
371 relatively early in the udev rule set so that other rules may rely on
372 its use. This is implemented in a new "net-driver" udev built-in.
373
374 Network Management:
375
376 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
377 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
378 anyone.
379
380 * The 'prefixstable' ipv6 address generation mode now considers the SSID
381 when generating stable addresses, so that a different stable address
382 is used when roaming between wireless networks. If you already use
383 'prefixstable' addresses with wireless networks, the stable address
384 will be changed by the update.
385
386 * The DHCPv4 client gained a RapidCommit option, true by default, which
387 enables RFC4039 Rapid Commit behavior to obtain a lease in a
388 simplified 2-message exchange instead of the typical 4-message
389 exchange, if also supported by the DHCP server.
390
391 * The DHCPv4 client gained new InitialCongestionWindow= and
392 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= options for route configurations.
393
394 * The DHCPv4 client gained a new RequestAddress= option that allows
395 to send a preferred IP address in the initial DHCPDISCOVER message.
396
397 * The DHCPv4 server and client gained support for IPv6-only mode
398 (RFC8925).
399
400 * The SendHostname= and Hostname= options are now available for the
401 DHCPv6 client, independently of the DHCPv4= option, so that these
402 configuration values can be set independently for each client.
403
404 * The DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 client state can now be queried via D-Bus,
405 including lease information.
406
407 * The DHCPv6 client can now be configured to use a custom DUID type.
408
409 * .network files gained a new IPv4ReversePathFilter= setting in the
410 [Network] section, to control sysctl's rp_filter setting.
411
412 * .network files gaiend a new HopLimit= setting in the [Route] section,
413 to configure a per-route hop limit.
414
415 * .network files gained a new TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec= setting in
416 the [Route] section, to configure a per-route TCP retransmission
417 timeout.
418
419 * A new directive NFTSet= provides a method for integrating network
420 configuration into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using
421 this setting is that static network configuration or dynamically
422 obtained network addresses can be used in firewall rules with the
423 indirection of NFT set types.
424
425 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section supports the following new options:
426 UsePREF64=, UseHopLimit=, UseICMP6RateLimit=, and NFTSet=.
427
428 * The [IPv6SendRA] section supports the following new options:
429 RetransmitSec=, HopLimit=, HomeAgent=, HomeAgentLifetimeSec=, and
430 HomeAgentPreference=.
431
432 * A new [IPv6PREF64Prefix] set of options, containing Prefix= and
433 LifetimeSec=, has been introduced to append pref64 options in router
434 advertisements (RFC8781).
435
436 * The network generator now configures the interfaces with only
437 link-local addressing if "ip=link-local" is specified on the kernel
438 command line.
439
440 * The prefix of the configuration files generated by the network
441 generator from the kernel command line is now prefixed with '70-',
442 to make them have higher precedence over the default configuration
443 files.
444
445 * Added a new -Ddefault-network=BOOL meson option, that causes more
446 .network files to be installed as enabled by default. These configuration
447 files will which match generic setups, e.g. 89-ethernet.network matches
448 all Ethernet interfaces and enables both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 clients.
449
450 * If a ID_NET_MANAGED_BY= udev property is set on a network device and
451 it is any other string than "io.systemd.Network" then networkd will
452 not manage this device. This may be used to allow multiple network
453 management services to run in parallel and assign ownership of
454 specific devices explicitly. NetworkManager will soon implement a
455 similar logic.
456
457 systemctl:
458
459 * systemctl is-failed now checks the system state if no unit is
460 specified.
461
462 * systemctl will now automatically soft-reboot if a new root file system
463 is found under /run/nextroot/ when a reboot operation is invoked.
464
465 Login management:
466
467 * Wall messages now work even when utmp support is disabled, using
468 systemd-logind to query the necessary information.
469
470 * systemd-logind now sends a new PrepareForShutdownWithMetadata D-Bus
471 signal before shutdown/reboot/soft-reboot that includes additional
472 information compared to the PrepareForShutdown signal. Currently the
473 additional information is the type of operation that is about to be
474 executed.
475
476 Hibernation & Suspend:
477
478 * The kernel and OS versions will no longer be checked on resume from
479 hibernation.
480
481 * Hibernation into swap files backed by btrfs are now
482 supported. (Previously this was supported only for other file
483 systems.)
484
485 Other:
486
487 * A new systemd-vmspawn tool has been added, that aims to provide for VMs
488 the same interfaces and functionality that systemd-nspawn provides for
489 containers. For now it supports QEMU as a backend, and exposes some of
490 its options to the user. This component is experimental and its public
491 interface is subject to change.
492
493 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
494 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
495 Requires=, and similar properties.
496
497 * A new varlinkctl tool has been added to allow interfacing with
498 Varlink services, and introspection has been added to all such
499 services. This component is experimental and its public interface is
500 subject to change.
501
502 * systemd-sysext and systemd-confext now expose a Varlink service
503 at io.systemd.sysext.
504
505 * portable services now accept confexts as extensions.
506
507 * systemd-sysupdate now accepts directories in the MatchPattern= option.
508
509 * systemd-run will now output the invocation ID of the launched
510 transient unit and its peak memory usage.
511
512 * systemd-analyze, systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-sysusers, systemd-sysctl,
513 and systemd-binfmt gained a new --tldr option that can be used instead
514 of --cat-config to suppress uninteresting configuration lines, such as
515 comments and whitespace.
516
517 * resolvectl gained a new "show-server-state" command that shows
518 current statistics of the resolver. This is backed by a new
519 DumpStatistics() Varlink method provided by systemd-resolved.
520
521 * systemd-timesyncd will now emit a D-Bus signal when the LinkNTPServers
522 property changes.
523
524 * vconsole now supports KEYMAP=@kernel for preserving the kernel keymap
525 as-is.
526
527 * seccomp now supports the LoongArch64 architecture.
528
529 * seccomp may now be enabled for services running as a non-root User=
530 without NoNewPrivileges=yes.
531
532 * systemd-id128 now supports a new -P option to show only values. The
533 combination of -P and --app options is also supported.
534
535 * A new pam_systemd_loadkey.so PAM module is now available, which will
536 automatically fetch the passphrase used by cryptsetup to unlock the
537 root file system and set it as the PAM authtok. This enables, among
538 other things, configuring auto-unlock of the GNOME Keyring / KDE
539 Wallet when autologin is configured.
540
541 * Many meson options now use the 'feature' type, which means they
542 take enabled/disabled/auto as values.
543
544 * A new meson option -Dconfigfiledir= can be used to change where
545 configuration files with default values are installed to.
546
547 * Options and verbs in man pages are now tagged with the version they
548 were first introduced in.
549
550 * A new component "systemd-storagetm" has been added, which exposes all
551 local block devices as NVMe-TCP devices, fully automatically. It's
552 hooked into a new target unit storage-target-mode.target that is
553 suppsoed to be booted into via
554 rd.systemd.unit=storage-target-mode.target on the kernel command
555 line. This is intended to be used for installers and debugging to
556 quickly get access to the local disk. It's inspired by MacOS "target
557 disk mode". This component is experimental and its public interface is
558 subject to change.
559
560 * A new component "systemd-bsod" has been added, which can show logged
561 error messages full screen, if they have a log level of LOG_EMERG log
562 level. This component is experimental and its public interface is
563 subject to change.
564
565 * The systemd-dissect tool's --with command will now set the
566 $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE environment variable to the block device it
567 operates on for the invoked process.
568
569 * The systemd-mount tool gained a new --tmpfs switch for mounting a new
570 'tmpfs' instance. This is useful since it does so via .mount units
571 and thus can be executed remotely or in containers.
572
573 * The various tools in systemd that take "verbs" (such as systemctl,
574 loginctl, machinectl, …) now will suggest a close verb name in case
575 the user specified an unrecognized one.
576
577 * libsystemd now exports a new function sd_id128_get_app_specific()
578 that generates "app-specific" 128bit IDs from any ID. It's similar to
579 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() and
580 sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific() but takes the ID to base calculation
581 on as input. This new functionality is also exposed in the
582 "systemd-id128" tool where you can now combine --app= with `show`.
583
584 * All tools that parse timestamps now can also parse RFC3339 style
585 timestamps that include the "T" and Z" characters.
586
587 * New documentation has been added:
588
589 https://systemd.io/FILE_DESCRIPTOR_STORE
590 https://systemd.io/TPM2_PCR_MEASUREMENTS
591 https://systemd.io/MOUNT_REQUIREMENTS
592
593 * The codebase now recognizes the suffix .confext.raw and .sysext.raw
594 as alternative to the .raw suffix generally accepted for DDIs. It is
595 recommended to name configuration extensions and system extensions
596 with such suffixes, to indicate their purpose in the name.
597
598 * The sd-device API gained a new function
599 sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property_required() which allows
600 configuring matches on properties that are strictly required. This is
601 different from the existing sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property()
602 matches of which one one needs to apply.
603
604 * The MAC address the veth side of an nspawn container shall get
605 assigned may now be controlled via the $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_NETWORK_MAC
606 environment variable.
607
608 * The libiptc dependency is now implemented via dlopen(), so that tools
609 such as networkd and nspawn no longer have a hard dependency on the
610 shared library when compiled with support for libiptc.
611
612 * New rpm macros have been added: %systemd_user_daemon_reexec does
613 daemon-reexec for all user managers, and %systemd_postun_with_reload
614 and %systemd_user_postun_with_reload do a reload for system and user
615 units on upgrades.
616
617 * coredumpctl now propagates SIGTERM to the debugger process.
618
619 Contributions from: 김인수, Abderrahim Kitouni, Adam Goldman,
620 Adam Williamson, Alexandre Peixoto Ferreira, Alex Hudspith,
621 Alvin Alvarado, André Paiusco, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
622 Anton Lundin, Arian van Putten, Arseny Maslennikov, Arthur Shau,
623 Balázs Úr, beh_10257, Benjamin Peterson, Bertrand Jacquin,
624 Brian Norris, Charles Lee, Cheng-Chia Tseng, Chris Patterson,
625 Christian Hergert, Christian Hesse, Christian Kirbach,
626 Clayton Craft, commondservice, cunshunxia, Curtis Klein, cvlc12,
627 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek,
628 Daniel Thompson, Dan Nicholson, Dan Streetman, David Rheinsberg,
629 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
630 Diego Viola, Dmitry V. Levin, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
631 Emil Renner Berthing, Emil Velikov, Etienne Dechamps, Fabian Vogt,
632 felixdoerre, Felix Dörre, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui,
633 Frantisek Sumsal, G2-Games, Gioele Barabucci, Hugo Carvalho,
634 huyubiao, Iago López Galeiras, IllusionMan1212, Jade Lovelace,
635 janana, Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jeremy Fleischman,
636 Jin Liu, jjimbo137, Joerg Behrmann, Johannes Segitz, Jordan Rome,
637 Jordan Williams, Julien Malka, Juno Computers, Khem Raj, khm,
638 Kingbom Dou, Kiran Vemula, Krzesimir Nowak, Laszlo Gombos,
639 Lennart Poettering, linuxlion, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles,
640 Lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn, Maanya Goenka, Maarten, Malte Poll,
641 Marc Pervaz Boocha, Martin Beneš, Martin Joerg, Martin Wilck,
642 Mathieu Tortuyaux, Matthias Schiffer, Maxim Mikityanskiy,
643 Max Kellermann, Michael A Cassaniti, Michael Biebl, Michael Kuhn,
644 Michael Vasseur, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan,
645 Milton D. Miller II, mordner, msizanoen, NAHO, Nandakumar Raghavan,
646 Neil Wilson, Nick Rosbrook, Nils K, NRK, Oğuz Ersen,
647 Omojola Joshua, onenowy, Paul Meyer, Paymon MARANDI, pelaufer,
648 Peter Hutterer, PhylLu, Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, Priit Laes,
649 Rahil Bhimjiani, Raito Bezarius, Raul Cheleguini, Reto Schneider,
650 Richard Maw, Robby Red, RoepLuke, Roland Hieber, Roland Singer,
651 Ronan Pigott, Sam James, Sam Leonard, Sergey A, Susant Sahani,
652 Sven Joachim, Tad Fisher, Takashi Sakamoto, Thorsten Kukuk, Tj,
653 Tomasz Świątek, Topi Miettinen, Valentin David,
654 Valentin Lefebvre, Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Haupert,
655 Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vito Caputo, Warren, Weblate,
656 Xiaotian Wu, xinpeng wang, Yaron Shahrabani, Yo-Jung Lin,
657 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zeroskyx,
658 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
659
660 — Edinburgh, 2023-12-06
661
662 CHANGES WITH 254:
663
664 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
665
666 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
667 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
668 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
669 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
670 details, see:
671 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
672
673 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
674 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
675 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
676 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
677 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
678 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
679
680 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
681 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
682 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
683 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
684
685 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
686 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
687 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
688 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
689 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
690 user feedback.
691
692 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
693 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
694 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
695
696 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
697 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
698
699 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
700 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
701 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
702 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
703 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
704 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
705
706 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
707 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
708 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
709 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
710 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
711 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
712 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
713
714 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
715 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
716 release to be enabled by default.
717
718 Security Relevant Changes:
719
720 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
721 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
722 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
723 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
724 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
725 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
726 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
727 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
728 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
729 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
730 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
731 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
732 users.
733
734 Service Manager:
735
736 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
737 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
738 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
739 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
740 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
741 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
742
743 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
744 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
745 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
746 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
747 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
748 via the new --kill-value= option.
749
750 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
751 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
752 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
753
754 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
755 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
756 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
757 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
758
759 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
760 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
761 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
762
763 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
764 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
765 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
766 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
767 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
768 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
769 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
770 guest.
771
772 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
773 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
774 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
775 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
776 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
777 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
778
779 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
780 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
781 intervals for Restart=.
782
783 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
784 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
785 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
786 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
787 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
788 service state has converged.
789
790 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
791 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
792 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
793
794 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
795 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
796 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
797
798 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
799 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
800 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
801 the service manager.
802
803 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
804 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
805 store enabled.
806
807 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
808 allows tuning the lifecycle of the per-service file descriptor store.
809 If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even after
810 the service has been fully stopped.
811
812 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
813 a service.
814
815 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
816 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
817 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
818
819 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
820 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
821 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
822 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
823 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
824 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
825 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
826 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
827 now handled by PID 1.
828
829 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
830 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
831 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
832 dependencies.
833
834 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
835 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
836 a unit is enabled.
837
838 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
839 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
840 the default timeout for .device units.
841
842 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
843 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
844 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
845 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
846 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
847 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
848 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
849 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
850 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
851 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
852 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
853 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
854 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
855 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
856 command.
857
858 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
859 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
860 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
861 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
862 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
863 root filesystem.
864
865 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
866 same-page merging individually for services.
867
868 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
869 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
870 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
871
872 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
873 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
874 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
875 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
876 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
877
878 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
879 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
880 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
881 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
882
883 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
884 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
885 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
886 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
887 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
888 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
889 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
890 too.
891
892 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
893 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
894 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
895 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
896 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
897 world-readable from userspace.
898
899 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
900 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
901 machine ID was set yet on the host.
902
903 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
904 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
905 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
906 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
907 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
908 way.
909
910 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
911 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
912 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
913 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
914 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
915 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
916 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
917 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
918 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
919 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
920 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
921 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
922 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
923 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
924 untrusted in this particular setting.
925
926 Journal:
927
928 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
929 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
930 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
931 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
932 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
933
934 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
935 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
936 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
937
938 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
939 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
940
941 systemd-repart:
942
943 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
944 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
945
946 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
947 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
948
949 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
950 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
951 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
952 devices and device mapper or not.
953
954 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
955 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
956 ext4.
957
958 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
959 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
960 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
961 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
962 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
963
964 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
965 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
966 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
967
968 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
969
970 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
971 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
972 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
973
974 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
975 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
976 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
977 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
978 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
979 running OS.
980
981 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
982 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
983 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
984 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
985 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
986 TPM PCR 12.
987
988 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
989 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
990 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
991 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
992
993 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
994 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
995 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
996 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
997 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
998 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
999 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
1000 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
1001 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
1002 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
1003 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
1004 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
1005 well.
1006
1007 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
1008 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
1009
1010 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
1011 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
1012 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
1013 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
1014
1015 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
1016 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
1017 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
1018 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
1019 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
1020 of the same name.
1021
1022 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
1023 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
1024 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
1025 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
1026 built and signed by the vendor.)
1027
1028 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
1029 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
1030
1031 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
1032 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
1033
1034 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
1035 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
1036 software-emulated).
1037
1038 Memory Pressure & Control:
1039
1040 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
1041 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
1042 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
1043 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
1044 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
1045 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
1046 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
1047 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
1048 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
1049 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
1050 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
1051 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
1052 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
1053 from this.
1054
1055 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
1056 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
1057 logic individually. If these options are used, the
1058 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
1059 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
1060 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
1061 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
1062
1063 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
1064 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
1065 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
1066 call requires privileges.
1067
1068 User & Session Management:
1069
1070 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
1071 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
1072 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
1073 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
1074 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
1075 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
1076 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
1077
1078 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
1079 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
1080 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
1081 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
1082 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
1083
1084 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
1085 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
1086 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
1087 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
1088 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
1089 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
1090 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
1091
1092 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
1093 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
1094 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
1095 for which a TTY is added later.
1096
1097 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
1098 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
1099 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
1100 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
1101 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
1102 be specified.
1103
1104 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
1105 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
1106 also show the current idle state of sessions.
1107
1108 DDIs:
1109
1110 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
1111 inspected DDI.
1112
1113 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
1114 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
1115 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
1116 information and all other DDI features.
1117
1118 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
1119
1120 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
1121 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
1122 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
1123 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
1124
1125 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
1126 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
1127 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
1128 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
1129 impact.
1130
1131 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
1132 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
1133 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
1134 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
1135 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
1136 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
1137 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
1138 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
1139 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
1140 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
1141 disk images a service runs off.
1142
1143 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
1144 parse image policy strings.
1145
1146 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
1147 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
1148 image policy allows the DDI.
1149
1150 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
1151 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
1152 large images.
1153
1154 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
1155 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
1156
1157 Network Management:
1158
1159 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
1160 InheritInnerProtocol=.
1161
1162 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
1163 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
1164
1165 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
1166 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
1167 name.
1168
1169 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
1170 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
1171 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
1172 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
1173 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
1174
1175 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
1176 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
1177
1178 Device Management:
1179
1180 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
1181 offline.
1182
1183 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
1184 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
1185 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
1186
1187 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
1188
1189 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
1190 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
1191 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
1192 recommendations of TCG (see
1193 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
1194
1195 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
1196 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
1197
1198 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
1199 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
1200 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
1201 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
1202 volume.
1203
1204 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
1205 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
1206 of veracrypt volumes.
1207
1208 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
1209 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
1210 direct) for the volume.
1211
1212 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
1213 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
1214
1215 systemd-tmpfiles:
1216
1217 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
1218 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
1219 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
1220 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
1221
1222 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
1223 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
1224 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
1225 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
1226 target tree and those copied in.
1227
1228 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
1229 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
1230
1231 systemd-notify:
1232
1233 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
1234 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
1235 explicit name for it).
1236
1237 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
1238 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
1239 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
1240 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
1241 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
1242
1243 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
1244
1245 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
1246 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
1247 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
1248
1249 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
1250 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
1251 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
1252 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
1253 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
1254 purposes.
1255
1256 systemd-resolved:
1257
1258 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
1259 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
1260 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
1261 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
1262 more resilient in case of network problems.
1263
1264 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
1265 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
1266 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
1267
1268 Other:
1269
1270 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
1271
1272 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
1273 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
1274
1275 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
1276 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
1277 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
1278 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
1279 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
1280 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
1281 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
1282 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
1283
1284 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
1285 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
1286 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
1287 .network, .netdev, .link files.
1288
1289 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
1290 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
1291 Landlock.
1292
1293 * New documentation has been added:
1294
1295 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
1296 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
1297 smbios-type-11(7)
1298
1299 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
1300 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
1301
1302 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
1303 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
1304 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
1305 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
1306 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
1307 images into a single immutable tree.
1308
1309 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
1310 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
1311 network interface inside the container.
1312
1313 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
1314 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
1315 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
1316 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
1317 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
1318 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
1319 status to the host, similar to local processes.
1320
1321 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
1322 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
1323 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
1324 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
1325 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
1326 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
1327 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
1328 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
1329
1330 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
1331 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
1332 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
1333 mode.
1334
1335 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
1336 mount options by default.
1337
1338 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
1339 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
1340 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
1341 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
1342 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
1343 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
1344 lines to apply at boot.
1345
1346 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
1347 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
1348 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
1349 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
1350
1351 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
1352 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
1353 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
1354
1355 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
1356 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
1357 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
1358 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
1359 directories are automatically discovered.
1360
1361 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
1362 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
1363 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
1364 suspend or hibernation.
1365
1366 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
1367 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
1368 the OS.
1369
1370 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
1371 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
1372 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
1373 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
1374 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
1375
1376 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
1377 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
1378 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
1379
1380 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
1381 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
1382 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
1383 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
1384 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
1385 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
1386 systemd.battery-check=0 through the kernel command line.
1387
1388 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
1389 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
1390
1391 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
1392 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
1393 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1394 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
1395 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
1396 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
1397 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
1398 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
1399 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
1400 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
1401 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
1402 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
1403 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
1404 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
1405 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
1406 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
1407 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
1408 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
1409 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
1410 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
1411 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
1412 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
1413 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
1414 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
1415 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
1416 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
1417 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
1418 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
1419 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
1420 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
1421 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
1422 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
1423 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
1424 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
1425 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
1426 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
1427 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
1428 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
1429 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
1430 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
1431 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
1432 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
1433 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
1434 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
1435 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
1436 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
1437 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
1438 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1439
1440 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
1441
1442 CHANGES WITH 253:
1443
1444 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
1445
1446 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
1447 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
1448 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
1449 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
1450 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
1451 userspace has been ported over already.
1452
1453 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
1454 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
1455 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
1456 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
1457 For more details, see:
1458 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1459
1460 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
1461 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
1462 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
1463 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
1464 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
1465 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
1466 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
1467 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
1468 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
1469 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
1470 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
1471 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
1472 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
1473 later this year. For more details, see:
1474 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
1475
1476 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
1477
1478 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
1479 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
1480 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
1481 environment is not fully supported.
1482
1483 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
1484 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
1485 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
1486
1487 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
1488 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
1489
1490 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
1491 of newline-separated JSON objects.
1492
1493 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
1494 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
1495 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
1496 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
1497 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
1498 no effect for most users.
1499
1500 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
1501 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
1502 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
1503 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
1504 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
1505 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
1506 manager is also enabled and used.
1507
1508 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
1509 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
1510 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
1511 option.
1512
1513 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
1514 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
1515 integer as parameter instead of a string.
1516
1517 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
1518 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
1519 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
1520 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
1521 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
1522 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
1523 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
1524 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
1525 support and fixes.
1526
1527 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
1528 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
1529 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
1530 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
1531 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
1532 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
1533
1534 New components:
1535
1536 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
1537 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
1538 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
1539 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
1540 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
1541 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
1542 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
1543 image.
1544
1545 Changes in systemd and units:
1546
1547 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
1548 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
1549 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
1550 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
1551 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
1552 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
1553 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
1554
1555 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
1556 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
1557
1558 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
1559 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
1560 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
1561 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
1562 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
1563
1564 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
1565 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
1566 used).
1567
1568 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
1569 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
1570 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
1571 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
1572 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
1573 from units.
1574
1575 * The manager has a new
1576 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
1577 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
1578 PID recycling issues.
1579
1580 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
1581 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
1582 terminating some processes in the scope.
1583
1584 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
1585 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
1586
1587 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
1588 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
1589 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
1590 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
1591 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
1592 request is received over D-Bus.
1593
1594 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
1595 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
1596 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
1597 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
1598 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
1599
1600 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
1601 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
1602 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
1603 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
1604 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
1605 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
1606 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
1607 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
1608
1609 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
1610 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
1611 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
1612 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
1613 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
1614 socket.
1615
1616 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
1617 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
1618 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
1619 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
1620
1621 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
1622 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
1623 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
1624 Defaults to 5.
1625
1626 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
1627 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
1628
1629 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
1630 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
1631 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
1632 user units respectively.
1633
1634 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
1635 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
1636 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
1637 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
1638 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
1639 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
1640 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
1641 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
1642 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
1643 are used.)
1644
1645 Changes in udev:
1646
1647 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
1648 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
1649 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
1650 in some embedded systems.
1651
1652 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
1653 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
1654
1655 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
1656 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
1657 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
1658 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
1659
1660 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
1661 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
1662
1663 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
1664 that are being renamed.
1665
1666 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
1667
1668 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
1669 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
1670 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
1671 started.
1672
1673 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
1674 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
1675 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
1676 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
1677
1678 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
1679 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
1680 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
1681 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
1682
1683 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
1684 field-separated hashing scheme.
1685
1686 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
1687 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
1688 used.
1689
1690 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
1691 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
1692 into the firmware.
1693
1694 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
1695 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
1696 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
1697 behaviour.
1698
1699 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
1700 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
1701 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
1702 a virtual machine.
1703
1704 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
1705 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
1706 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
1707 boot load at all.
1708
1709 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
1710 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
1711 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
1712
1713 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
1714 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
1715 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
1716 UKIs.
1717
1718 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
1719 as for kernel-install.
1720
1721 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
1722 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
1723 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
1724
1725 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
1726 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
1727
1728 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
1729 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
1730 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
1731 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
1732 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
1733 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
1734
1735 Changes in kernel-install:
1736
1737 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
1738 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
1739 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
1740 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
1741 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
1742 separately.
1743
1744 Changes in systemctl:
1745
1746 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
1747 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
1748 --reboot-argument= option instead.
1749
1750 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
1751 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
1752 silences this warning.
1753
1754 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
1755 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
1756 used.)
1757
1758 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
1759
1760 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
1761
1762 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
1763 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
1764 comments.
1765
1766 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
1767
1768 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
1769 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
1770 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
1771 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
1772 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
1773 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
1774 of the raw socket bypass.
1775
1776 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
1777 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
1778 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
1779 advertisements (RAs).
1780
1781 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
1782 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
1783 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
1784
1785 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
1786 interface names.
1787
1788 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
1789 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
1790 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
1791 It is enabled by default.
1792
1793 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
1794 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
1795 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
1796
1797 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
1798
1799 Changes in systemd-dissect:
1800
1801 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
1802 all files and directories in a DDI.
1803
1804 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
1805 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
1806
1807 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
1808 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
1809 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
1810 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
1811
1812 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
1813 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
1814 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
1815 disk images.
1816
1817 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
1818 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
1819
1820 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
1821 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
1822
1823 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
1824 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
1825 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
1826 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
1827 system busy.
1828
1829 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
1830 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
1831 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
1832 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
1833 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
1834 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
1835 size among the other DDI information in its output.
1836
1837 Changes in systemd-repart:
1838
1839 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
1840 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
1841 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
1842 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
1843 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
1844 hash of the root partition).
1845
1846 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
1847 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
1848 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
1849 populating it.
1850
1851 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
1852 sector size should be used when an image is created.
1853
1854 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
1855 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
1856
1857 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
1858 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
1859 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
1860
1861 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
1862 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
1863 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
1864 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
1865 available.)
1866
1867 Changes in journal tools:
1868
1869 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
1870 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
1871 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
1872 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
1873 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
1874 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
1875
1876 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
1877 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
1878 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
1879 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
1880 installation scripts.
1881
1882 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
1883 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
1884 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
1885
1886 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
1887 components:
1888
1889 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
1890 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
1891 password was strictly required to be specified.
1892
1893 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
1894 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
1895 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
1896 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
1897 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
1898
1899 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
1900 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
1901 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
1902 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
1903 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1904
1905 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
1906 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
1907
1908 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
1909 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
1910 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
1911 specified via root=.
1912
1913 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
1914 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15.
1915 New service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
1916 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
1917 these switches during early boot.
1918
1919 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
1920 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
1921
1922 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
1923 making it harder to brute-force.
1924
1925 Changes in other tools:
1926
1927 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
1928 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
1929
1930 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
1931 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
1932 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
1933 systemd-homed formats a file system.
1934
1935 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
1936 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
1937 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
1938 unprivileged code to access those values.
1939
1940 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
1941 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
1942 this to show the status of the installed system.
1943
1944 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
1945 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
1946 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
1947 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
1948
1949 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
1950 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
1951 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
1952 synchronization via NTP.
1953
1954 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
1955 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
1956 increases in subsequent boots.
1957
1958 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
1959 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
1960 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
1961 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
1962
1963 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
1964 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
1965 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
1966 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
1967 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
1968 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
1969 standard location.
1970
1971 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
1972 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
1973 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
1974
1975 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
1976 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
1977 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
1978 127.0.0.54 is returned.
1979
1980 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
1981 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
1982 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
1983 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
1984
1985 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
1986 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
1987 --no-legend options have been added.
1988
1989 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
1990 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
1991
1992 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
1993 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
1994
1995 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
1996
1997 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
1998 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
1999 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
2000 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
2001 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
2002 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
2003
2004 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
2005 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
2006 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
2007 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
2008
2009 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
2010
2011 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
2012 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
2013
2014 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
2015 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
2016 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
2017 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
2018 does not need the output value.
2019
2020 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
2021 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
2022 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
2023 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
2024 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
2025 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
2026
2027 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
2028 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2029 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2030 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
2031 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2032
2033 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
2034 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
2035 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
2036
2037 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
2038 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
2039 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
2040 environment.
2041
2042 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
2043 virtualization is now detected.
2044
2045 Changes in the build system:
2046
2047 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
2048 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
2049
2050 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
2051 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
2052 supply.
2053
2054 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
2055
2056 Changes in the documentation:
2057
2058 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
2059 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
2060 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
2061
2062 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
2063 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
2064 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
2065 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
2066 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
2067 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2068 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
2069 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
2070 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
2071 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
2072 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
2073 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
2074 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
2075 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
2076 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
2077 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
2078 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
2079 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
2080 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
2081 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
2082 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
2083 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
2084 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
2085 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
2086 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
2087 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
2088 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
2089 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
2090 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
2091 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2092 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
2093 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
2094 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
2095 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
2096 наб
2097
2098 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
2099
2100 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
2101
2102 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
2103
2104 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
2105 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
2106 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
2107 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
2108 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
2109 userspace has been ported over already.
2110
2111 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
2112 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
2113 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
2114 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
2115 For more details, see:
2116 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2117
2118 Compatibility Breaks:
2119
2120 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
2121 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
2122 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
2123 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
2124 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
2125 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
2126 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
2127 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
2128 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
2129 change.
2130
2131 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
2132 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
2133 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
2134 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
2135 already have been updated or removed.
2136
2137 New Features:
2138
2139 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
2140 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
2141 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
2142 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
2143 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
2144 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
2145 kernel.
2146
2147 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
2148 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
2149 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
2150 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
2151 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
2152 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
2153 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
2154 the booted UKI to gain access.
2155
2156 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
2157 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
2158 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
2159 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
2160 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
2161 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
2162
2163 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
2164 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
2165 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
2166 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
2167 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
2168 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
2169 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
2170 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
2171
2172 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
2173 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
2174 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
2175 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
2176 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
2177 initrd, but not later.)
2178
2179 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
2180
2181 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
2182 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
2183 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
2184 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
2185 the CPU.
2186
2187 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
2188 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
2189 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
2190 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
2191 release.
2192
2193 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
2194
2195 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
2196 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
2197 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
2198
2199 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
2200 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
2201 provided.
2202
2203 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
2204
2205 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
2206 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
2207 file.
2208
2209 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
2210 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
2211 activate.
2212
2213 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
2214 configured.
2215
2216 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
2217 SMBIOS fields. For example
2218
2219 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
2220
2221 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
2222 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
2223 quotes).
2224
2225 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
2226 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
2227 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
2228
2229 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
2230 associated service unit, if any.
2231
2232 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
2233 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
2234 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
2235 unsealed only in the initrd.
2236
2237 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
2238 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
2239
2240 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
2241 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
2242 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
2243 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
2244 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
2245 the host system as expected.
2246
2247 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
2248 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
2249 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
2250 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
2251
2252 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
2253 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
2254 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
2255
2256 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
2257 unmounted lazily.
2258
2259 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
2260 of file systems.
2261
2262 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
2263 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
2264 in the future.
2265
2266 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
2267 activating.
2268
2269 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
2270 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
2271 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
2272 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
2273
2274 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
2275 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
2276
2277 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
2278 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
2279 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
2280 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
2281 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
2282 than for behaviour decisions.
2283
2284 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
2285 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
2286
2287 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
2288 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
2289 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
2290
2291 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
2292
2293 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
2294 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
2295 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
2296 the main specification.
2297
2298 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
2299 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
2300 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
2301 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
2302
2303 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
2304 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
2305 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
2306
2307 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
2308 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
2309
2310 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
2311 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
2312 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
2313 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
2314 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
2315 the stub was executed.
2316
2317 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
2318 is now supported by sd-boot.
2319
2320 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
2321 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
2322 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
2323 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
2324 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
2325
2326 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
2327 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
2328
2329 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
2330 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
2331 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
2332 to detect and warn about this.
2333
2334 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
2335 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
2336 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
2337
2338 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
2339 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
2340 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
2341 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
2342
2343 Changes in the hardware database:
2344
2345 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
2346
2347 Changes in systemctl:
2348
2349 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
2350 and 'status' verbs.
2351
2352 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
2353 points.
2354
2355 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
2356 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
2357 which operates relative to some directory).
2358
2359 Changes in systemd-networkd:
2360
2361 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
2362 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
2363
2364 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
2365 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
2366
2367 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
2368 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
2369
2370 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
2371 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
2372 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
2373 interface is being serviced.
2374
2375 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
2376
2377 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
2378
2379 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
2380
2381 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
2382 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
2383 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
2384
2385 Changes in systemd-resolved:
2386
2387 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
2388 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
2389 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
2390 restarted at any point.
2391
2392 * systemd-resolved now exposes a Varlink socket at
2393 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
2394 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
2395 any clients connected to this socket.
2396
2397 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
2398
2399 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
2400 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
2401 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
2402
2403 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
2404 is still supported.)
2405
2406 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
2407
2408 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
2409 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
2410 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
2411 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
2412 string arrays).
2413
2414 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
2415 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
2416 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
2417 object.
2418
2419 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
2420 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
2421 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
2422
2423 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
2424 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
2425 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
2426
2427 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
2428 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
2429 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
2430
2431 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
2432 database given an explicit path to the file.
2433
2434 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
2435 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
2436 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
2437 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
2438 manually.
2439
2440 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
2441 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
2442 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
2443
2444 Changes in other components:
2445
2446 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
2447 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
2448
2449 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
2450 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
2451 'dpkg --compare-versions').
2452
2453 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
2454 names to limit the output to matching units.
2455
2456 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
2457 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
2458 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
2459 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
2460
2461 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
2462 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
2463 already exists.
2464
2465 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
2466 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
2467 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
2468
2469 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
2470 lines.
2471
2472 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
2473 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
2474
2475 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
2476 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
2477
2478 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
2479 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
2480
2481 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
2482 user when their system will become unsupported.
2483
2484 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
2485 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
2486 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
2487 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
2488
2489 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
2490 setting is unknown to the kernel.
2491
2492 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
2493 verbs.
2494
2495 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
2496 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
2497
2498 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
2499 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
2500 time delta between subsequent messages.
2501
2502 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
2503 of journal files.
2504
2505 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
2506 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
2507 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
2508
2509 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
2510 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
2511 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
2512 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
2513 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
2514 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
2515 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
2516
2517 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
2518 combination with --scope.
2519
2520 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
2521 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
2522 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
2523 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
2524 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
2525 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
2526 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
2527 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
2528 appropriate.
2529
2530 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
2531 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
2532 symlink.
2533
2534 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
2535 too.
2536
2537 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
2538 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
2539 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
2540 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
2541 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
2542
2543 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
2544 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
2545
2546 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
2547 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
2548 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
2549 split dm-verity artifacts.
2550
2551 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
2552 signatures.
2553
2554 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
2555 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
2556
2557 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
2558
2559 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
2560 now more compact.
2561
2562 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
2563
2564 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
2565
2566 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
2567 killed.
2568
2569 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
2570
2571 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
2572 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
2573
2574 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
2575 session after a preconfigure timeout.
2576
2577 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
2578 rather than indefinitely.
2579
2580 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
2581 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
2582 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
2583
2584 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
2585 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
2586 build can be reproducible.
2587
2588 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
2589 --initialized=no.
2590
2591 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
2592 "alias" fields for the device.
2593
2594 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
2595 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
2596
2597 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
2598
2599 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
2600 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
2601
2602 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
2603 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
2604 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
2605 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
2606 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
2607 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
2608 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
2609 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
2610 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
2611 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
2612
2613 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
2614
2615 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
2616 graphic cards.
2617
2618 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
2619 device is used as a keyfile.
2620
2621 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
2622 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
2623 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
2624 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
2625
2626 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
2627 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
2628 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
2629
2630 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
2631 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
2632
2633 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
2634 to MIT-0.
2635
2636 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
2637 /etc/machine-id.
2638
2639 Experimental features:
2640
2641 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
2642 and bpftool >= 7.0).
2643
2644 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
2645 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
2646 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
2647 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
2648 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
2649
2650 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
2651 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
2652 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
2653 tandem with the kernel.
2654
2655 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
2656 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
2657 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
2658 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
2659 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
2660 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
2661 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
2662 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
2663 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2664 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
2665 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
2666 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
2667 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
2668 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
2669 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
2670 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
2671 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
2672 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
2673 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
2674 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
2675 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
2676 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
2677 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
2678 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
2679 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
2680 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
2681 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
2682 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
2683 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
2684 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
2685 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
2686 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
2687 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2688 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
2689 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
2690 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
2691 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
2692 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
2693 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
2694 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
2695 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
2696 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
2697 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
2698 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
2699 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2700 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
2701 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
2702 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
2703
2704 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
2705
2706 CHANGES WITH 251:
2707
2708 Backwards-incompatible changes:
2709
2710 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
2711 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
2712
2713 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
2714 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
2715
2716 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
2717 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
2718 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
2719 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
2720 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
2721 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
2722
2723 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
2724 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
2725 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
2726
2727 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
2728 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
2729 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
2730 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
2731 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
2732 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
2733 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
2734
2735 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
2736 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
2737 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
2738 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
2739 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
2740 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
2741 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
2742 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
2743 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
2744 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
2745 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
2746 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
2747 systems, there should be no visible changes.
2748
2749 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
2750 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
2751 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
2752 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
2753 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
2754 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
2755 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
2756 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
2757 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
2758 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
2759 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
2760 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
2761
2762 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
2763 of pcap.
2764
2765 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
2766 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
2767 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
2768 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
2769
2770 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
2771
2772 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
2773 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
2774 It is apparently used by the linker now.
2775
2776 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
2777 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
2778 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
2779
2780 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
2781 to account for this change.
2782
2783 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
2784 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
2785 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
2786
2787 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
2788
2789 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2790 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
2791 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
2792 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
2793 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
2794 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
2795 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
2796 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
2797 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
2798 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
2799 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
2800 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
2801 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
2802 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
2803 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
2804 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
2805
2806 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
2807 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
2808 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
2809 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
2810 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
2811
2812 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
2813 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
2814 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
2815 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
2816 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
2817 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
2818
2819 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
2820 systemd-boot boot loader.
2821
2822 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
2823 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
2824 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
2825 allows choosing different initrd generators.
2826
2827 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
2828 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2829 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
2830 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
2831 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
2832 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
2833 prepared successfully.
2834
2835 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
2836 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
2837 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
2838 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
2839 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
2840 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
2841
2842 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
2843 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
2844 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
2845 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
2846
2847 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
2848 paths and other settings used.
2849
2850 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
2851 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
2852 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
2853
2854 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
2855 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
2856 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
2857 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
2858 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
2859
2860 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
2861 menu entries in JSON format.
2862
2863 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
2864 omit output with the new option --quiet.
2865
2866 Changes in systemd-homed:
2867
2868 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
2869 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
2870 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
2871 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
2872 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
2873 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
2874 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
2875 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
2876 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
2877 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
2878 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
2879 uses, see:
2880
2881 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
2882
2883 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
2884 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
2885 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
2886 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
2887 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
2888 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
2889 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
2890 context of the local system.
2891
2892 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
2893 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
2894 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
2895 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
2896 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
2897 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
2898 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
2899 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
2900 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
2901
2902 Changes in shared libraries:
2903
2904 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
2905 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
2906 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
2907 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
2908
2909 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
2910 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
2911 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
2912 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
2913 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
2914 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
2915 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
2916 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
2917 the library.
2918
2919 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
2920 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
2921 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
2922
2923 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
2924 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
2925 object from a device node name or file system path.
2926
2927 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
2928 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
2929 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
2930 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
2931 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
2932 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
2933 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
2934 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
2935
2936 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
2937
2938 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
2939 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
2940 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
2941 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
2942 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
2943 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
2944
2945 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
2946 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
2947 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
2948 disk image files.)
2949
2950 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
2951
2952 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
2953 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
2954 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
2955 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
2956 manager.
2957
2958 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
2959
2960 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
2961 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
2962 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
2963
2964 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
2965 systemd-oomd.
2966
2967 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
2968 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
2969 unit files.
2970
2971 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
2972 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
2973
2974 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
2975 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
2976
2977 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
2978 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
2979 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
2980 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
2981 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
2982 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
2983 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
2984 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
2985
2986 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
2987 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
2988 Condition*= settings.
2989
2990 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
2991 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
2992
2993 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
2994 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
2995 assign to each cgroup.
2996
2997 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
2998 devices and the associated governor, via the new
2999 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
3000 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3001
3002 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
3003 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
3004
3005 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
3006 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
3007 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
3008
3009 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
3010 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
3011 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
3012 range
3013
3014 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
3015 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
3016 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
3017 been completed.
3018
3019 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
3020 environment variables set describing the execution context a
3021 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
3022 system service manager, or from the per-user service
3023 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
3024 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
3025 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
3026 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
3027 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
3028 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
3029 kernel is built for.
3030
3031 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
3032 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
3033 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
3034 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
3035 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
3036 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
3037 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
3038 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
3039 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
3040 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
3041 this way can be turned off via the new
3042 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
3043
3044 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
3045 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
3046 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
3047 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
3048 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
3049 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
3050 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
3051 up automatically.
3052
3053 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
3054 document:
3055
3056 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
3057
3058 Changes in systemd-journald:
3059
3060 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
3061 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
3062
3063 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
3064
3065 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
3066 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
3067
3068 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
3069 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
3070
3071 Changes in udev:
3072
3073 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
3074 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
3075 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
3076 default.
3077
3078 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
3079 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
3080
3081 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
3082 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
3083
3084 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
3085 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
3086 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
3087 initialized yet, respectively.
3088
3089 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
3090 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
3091 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
3092 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
3093 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
3094
3095 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
3096 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
3097 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
3098 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
3099
3100 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
3101 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
3102
3103 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
3104 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
3105
3106 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
3107 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
3108 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
3109 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
3110 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
3111 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
3112 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
3113 the one in the symlink path.
3114
3115 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
3116
3117 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
3118 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
3119 only supported in .network files.
3120
3121 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
3122 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
3123
3124 Changes in systemd-networkd:
3125
3126 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
3127 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
3128 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
3129 still honored.
3130
3131 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
3132 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
3133 up.
3134
3135 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
3136 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
3137
3138 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
3139 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
3140
3141 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
3142 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
3143
3144 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
3145
3146 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
3147 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
3148 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
3149 address.
3150
3151 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
3152 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
3153 mode).
3154
3155 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
3156 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
3157
3158 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
3159 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
3160 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
3161 PXE boot).
3162
3163 Changes in systemd-resolved:
3164
3165 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
3166 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
3167 there.
3168
3169 Changes in disk encryption:
3170
3171 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
3172 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
3173 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
3174
3175 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
3176
3177 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
3178 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
3179 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
3180
3181 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
3182 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
3183 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
3184
3185 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
3186
3187 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
3188 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
3189
3190 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
3191 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
3192 hostnamed.
3193
3194 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
3195 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
3196 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
3197 firmware version of the system.
3198
3199 Changes in other components:
3200
3201 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
3202 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
3203 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
3204 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
3205 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
3206
3207 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
3208 list of known users.
3209
3210 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
3211 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
3212 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
3213
3214 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
3215 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
3216
3217 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
3218 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
3219 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
3220 a device found.
3221
3222 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
3223 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
3224 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
3225 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
3226 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
3227 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
3228 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
3229
3230 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
3231 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
3232 $TERM).
3233
3234 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
3235 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
3236 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
3237 $ meson build systemd-boot
3238 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
3239 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
3240
3241 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
3242 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
3243 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
3244 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
3245 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
3246
3247 Experimental features:
3248
3249 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
3250 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
3251 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
3252 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
3253 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
3254 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
3255 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
3256 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
3257 compatibility with the current implementation.
3258
3259 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
3260 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
3261 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
3262 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
3263
3264 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
3265 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
3266 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
3267 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
3268 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
3269 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
3270 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
3271 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
3272 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
3273 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
3274 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3275 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
3276 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
3277 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
3278 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3279 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
3280 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
3281 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
3282 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
3283 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
3284 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
3285 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
3286 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
3287 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
3288 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
3289 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
3290 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
3291 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
3292 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
3293 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
3294 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
3295 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
3296 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
3297 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
3298 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
3299 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
3300 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
3301
3302 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
3303
3304 CHANGES WITH 250:
3305
3306 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
3307 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
3308 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
3309 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
3310 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
3311 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
3312 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
3313 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
3314 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
3315 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
3316 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
3317
3318 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
3319 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
3320 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
3321 installation or hardware.
3322
3323 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
3324 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
3325
3326 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
3327 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
3328 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
3329 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
3330 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
3331 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
3332 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
3333
3334 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
3335 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
3336 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
3337 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
3338 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
3339 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
3340 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
3341 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
3342 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
3343 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
3344 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
3345 drop-in file mechanism).
3346
3347 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
3348 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
3349 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
3350 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
3351 service, or attached as system extension.
3352
3353 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
3354 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
3355 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
3356 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
3357 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
3358
3359 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
3360 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
3361 are supported.
3362
3363 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
3364 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
3365 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
3366 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
3367 systemd-binfmtd is running.
3368
3369 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
3370 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
3371 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
3372 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
3373 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
3374 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
3375 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
3376 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
3377 does not trigger any operation by default.
3378
3379 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
3380 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
3381 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
3382 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
3383 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
3384 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
3385 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
3386 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
3387
3388 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
3389 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
3390 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
3391 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
3392 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
3393
3394 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
3395 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
3396 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
3397 request this behavior.
3398
3399 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
3400 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
3401 time-out for the boot.
3402
3403 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
3404 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
3405 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
3406 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
3407 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
3408 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
3409 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
3410 system services or the managers themselves.
3411
3412 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
3413 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
3414 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
3415 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
3416 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
3417 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
3418 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
3419 group handles).
3420
3421 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
3422 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
3423
3424 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
3425 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
3426 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
3427 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
3428 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
3429 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
3430 vs. CPUWeight.
3431
3432 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
3433 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
3434 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
3435 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
3436 during boot and shutdown.
3437
3438 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
3439 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
3440 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
3441 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
3442 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
3443 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
3444
3445 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
3446 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
3447
3448 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
3449 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
3450
3451 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
3452 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
3453
3454 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
3455 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
3456 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
3457 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
3458 variable passed to invoked processes.
3459
3460 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
3461 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
3462 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
3463
3464 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
3465 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
3466 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
3467 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
3468 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
3469 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
3470 names.
3471
3472 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
3473 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
3474 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
3475 dimensions to a virtual machine.
3476
3477 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
3478 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
3479 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
3480 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
3481 cgroup instead.
3482
3483 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
3484 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
3485 mounting the autofs instance.
3486
3487 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
3488 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
3489 during build-time.
3490
3491 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
3492 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
3493 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
3494 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
3495 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
3496 socket units.
3497
3498 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
3499 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
3500 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
3501
3502 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
3503 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
3504 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
3505 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
3506 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
3507 trust as SHA256 banks.
3508
3509 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
3510 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
3511 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
3512 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
3513
3514 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
3515 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
3516 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
3517 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
3518 instead.
3519
3520 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
3521 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
3522 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
3523 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
3524
3525 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
3526 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
3527 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
3528 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
3529 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
3530 root partition.
3531
3532 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
3533 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
3534 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
3535 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
3536 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
3537 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
3538
3539 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
3540 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
3541 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
3542 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
3543 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
3544
3545 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
3546 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
3547
3548 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
3549 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
3550
3551 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
3552 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
3553 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
3554 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
3555 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
3556 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
3557 and how to trigger it.
3558
3559 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
3560 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
3561 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
3562 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
3563 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
3564 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
3565 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
3566 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
3567 batteries.
3568
3569 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
3570 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
3571 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
3572 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
3573 against abnormal system shutdown.
3574
3575 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
3576 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
3577 directory/image instead of on the host.
3578
3579 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
3580 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
3581 actually is.
3582
3583 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
3584 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
3585 or recursively any dependent units.
3586
3587 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
3588 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
3589 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
3590 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
3591 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
3592 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
3593 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
3594 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
3595 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
3596 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
3597 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
3598
3599 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
3600
3601 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
3602 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
3603 "filesystems" commands.
3604
3605 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
3606 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
3607 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
3608 through them.
3609
3610 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
3611 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
3612 including the build-id and other info described on:
3613 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
3614
3615 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
3616 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
3617 interfaces.
3618
3619 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
3620 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
3621
3622 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
3623 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
3624 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
3625 CAN timing quanta.
3626
3627 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
3628 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
3629 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
3630 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
3631 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
3632 CAN interface.
3633
3634 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
3635 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
3636 addresses.
3637
3638 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
3639 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
3640 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
3641
3642 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
3643 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
3644 DHCP 6RD option.
3645
3646 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
3647 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
3648 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
3649
3650 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
3651 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
3652
3653 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
3654 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
3655 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
3656
3657 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
3658 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
3659 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
3660 records.
3661
3662 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
3663 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
3664 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
3665 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
3666 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
3667
3668 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
3669 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
3670 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
3671 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
3672 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
3673 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
3674 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
3675 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
3676
3677 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
3678 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
3679
3680 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
3681 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
3682 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
3683
3684 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
3685 setting to specify the router address.
3686
3687 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
3688 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
3689 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
3690 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
3691
3692 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
3693 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
3694 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
3695 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
3696 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
3697
3698 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
3699 interfaces has been improved.
3700
3701 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
3702 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
3703 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
3704 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
3705
3706 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
3707 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
3708 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
3709
3710 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
3711 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
3712 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
3713
3714 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
3715 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
3716 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
3717 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
3718
3719 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
3720 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
3721 hardware supports.
3722
3723 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
3724 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
3725
3726 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
3727 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
3728 that supports this.
3729
3730 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
3731 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
3732 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
3733 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
3734 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
3735 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
3736 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
3737
3738 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
3739 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
3740 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
3741 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
3742 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
3743 the performance win is beneficial.
3744
3745 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
3746 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
3747
3748 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
3749 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
3750 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
3751 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
3752 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
3753 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
3754 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
3755 taken to shift them manually.
3756
3757 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
3758 show the Windows version.
3759
3760 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
3761 build-time.
3762
3763 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
3764 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
3765 resolutions and save the last selection.
3766
3767 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
3768 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
3769 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
3770 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
3771
3772 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
3773 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
3774 items).
3775
3776 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
3777 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
3778 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
3779 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
3780 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
3781
3782 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
3783 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
3784 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
3785
3786 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
3787 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
3788 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
3789 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
3790 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
3791
3792 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
3793 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
3794 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
3795 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
3796 kernel image.
3797
3798 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
3799 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
3800
3801 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
3802 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
3803 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
3804 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
3805 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
3806 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
3807 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
3808 credentials, see above).
3809
3810 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
3811 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
3812 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
3813
3814 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
3815 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
3816 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
3817 Specification Type #2.
3818
3819 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
3820 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
3821 non-x86 architectures.
3822
3823 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
3824 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
3825 or just the subsequent boot).
3826
3827 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
3828 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
3829 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
3830 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
3831 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
3832 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
3833 layout specified in
3834 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
3835 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
3836 values for this variable.
3837
3838 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
3839 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
3840 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
3841 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
3842 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
3843 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
3844 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
3845 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
3846 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
3847 machine-id.
3848
3849 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
3850 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
3851 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
3852 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
3853 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
3854 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
3855 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
3856 without conflict.
3857
3858 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
3859 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
3860 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
3861 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
3862 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
3863 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
3864 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
3865 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
3866 installations that use the bls layout.
3867
3868 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
3869
3870 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
3871 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
3872 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
3873 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
3874 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
3875 attached under a wrong name this way.
3876
3877 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
3878 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
3879 default 'add').
3880
3881 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
3882 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
3883
3884 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
3885 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
3886 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
3887 be accessible to regular users.
3888
3889 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
3890 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
3891 they point (front or back).
3892
3893 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
3894 added to hwdb.
3895
3896 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
3897 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
3898
3899 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
3900 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
3901 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
3902 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
3903 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
3904 sources to introduce new named schemes.
3905
3906 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
3907 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
3908
3909 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
3910 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
3911 support).
3912
3913 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
3914 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
3915 --cgroup-id= switches.)
3916
3917 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
3918 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
3919
3920 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
3921 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
3922 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
3923
3924 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
3925 forked, sandboxed process.
3926
3927 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
3928 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
3929 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
3930 reason it was not tried again.
3931
3932 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
3933 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
3934 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
3935 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
3936 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
3937 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
3938
3939 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
3940 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
3941 homectl switch.
3942
3943 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
3944 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
3945 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
3946 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
3947 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
3948 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
3949 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
3950 system trees is no longer necessary.
3951
3952 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
3953 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
3954 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
3955
3956 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
3957 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
3958 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
3959 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
3960 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
3961 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
3962
3963 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
3964 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
3965 by default.
3966
3967 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
3968 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
3969 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
3970 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
3971 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
3972 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
3973
3974 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
3975 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
3976 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
3977 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
3978 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
3979 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
3980 precisely.
3981
3982 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
3983 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
3984 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
3985 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
3986 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
3987 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
3988 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
3989 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
3990 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
3991
3992 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
3993 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
3994 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
3995 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
3996 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
3997 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
3998 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
3999 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
4000 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
4001 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
4002 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
4003 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
4004
4005 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
4006 to use when outputting user or group records.
4007
4008 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
4009 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
4010 record resolution logic.
4011
4012 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
4013 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
4014 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
4015 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
4016 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
4017 other also configured in the command line.
4018
4019 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
4020 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
4021 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
4022 watch.
4023
4024 * The sd-event API gained a new function
4025 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
4026 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
4027 leaves the rate limiting phase.
4028
4029 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
4030 to port systemd to a new architecture:
4031
4032 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
4033
4034 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
4035 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
4036
4037 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
4038 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
4039 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
4040 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
4041 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
4042 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
4043 shutdown.
4044
4045 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
4046 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
4047 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
4048 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
4049 environments.
4050
4051 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
4052 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
4053 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
4054 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
4055 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
4056 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
4057 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
4058 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
4059 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
4060 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
4061 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
4062
4063 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
4064 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
4065 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
4066 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
4067
4068 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
4069 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
4070
4071 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
4072
4073 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
4074 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
4075 appropriate primary group.
4076
4077 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
4078
4079 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
4080
4081 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
4082 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
4083 work.
4084
4085 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
4086 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
4087
4088 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
4089 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
4090
4091 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
4092 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
4093
4094 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
4095 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
4096 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
4097 that have compression enabled.
4098
4099 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
4100 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
4101 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
4102 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
4103
4104 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
4105 messages.
4106
4107 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
4108 corruption.
4109
4110 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
4111 scheduled shutdown.
4112
4113 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
4114 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
4115 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
4116 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
4117
4118 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
4119 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
4120 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
4121 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
4122 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
4123 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
4124 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
4125 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
4126 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
4127 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
4128 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
4129 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
4130 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
4131 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
4132 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
4133 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
4134 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
4135 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
4136 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
4137 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
4138 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
4139 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
4140 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
4141 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
4142 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
4143 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
4144 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
4145 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
4146 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
4147 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
4148 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
4149 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
4150 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
4151 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
4152 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
4153 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
4154 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
4155 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
4156 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
4157 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
4158 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
4159 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
4160 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
4161 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
4162 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4163 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
4164
4165 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
4166
4167 CHANGES WITH 249:
4168
4169 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
4170 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
4171 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
4172 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
4173 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
4174 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
4175 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
4176 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
4177 a matching version identifier.
4178
4179 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
4180 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
4181 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
4182 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
4183 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
4184 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
4185 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
4186 during first boot. Example:
4187
4188 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
4189
4190 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
4191 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
4192 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
4193 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
4194 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
4195
4196 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
4197 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
4198 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
4199 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
4200 /etc/).
4201
4202 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
4203 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
4204 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
4205 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
4206
4207 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
4208 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
4209 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
4210 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
4211 systemd-sysusers tools.
4212
4213 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
4214 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
4215 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
4216 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
4217 itself.
4218
4219 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
4220 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
4221 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
4222 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
4223 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
4224 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
4225 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
4226 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
4227 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
4228 immediately, even in read-only mode.
4229
4230 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
4231 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
4232 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
4233 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
4234 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
4235
4236 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
4237 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
4238 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
4239 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
4240 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
4241
4242 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
4243 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
4244 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
4245 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
4246 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
4247 specifiers.
4248
4249 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
4250 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
4251 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
4252 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
4253
4254 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
4255 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
4256 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
4257 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
4258 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
4259 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
4260 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
4261 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
4262 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
4263 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
4264 information, see:
4265
4266 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
4267
4268 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
4269 (IEEE 1394).
4270
4271 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
4272 backwards-incompatible changes:
4273
4274 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
4275 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
4276 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
4277 number.
4278
4279 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
4280 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
4281 where values up to 65535 are used.
4282
4283 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
4284
4285 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
4286 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
4287 command line parameter.
4288
4289 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
4290 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
4291 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
4292
4293 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
4294 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
4295 the udev device first appeared in the database.
4296
4297 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
4298 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
4299 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
4300 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
4301 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
4302 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
4303 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
4304 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
4305 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
4306 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
4307 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
4308 uevent.
4309
4310 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
4311 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
4312 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
4313 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
4314 index.
4315
4316 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
4317 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
4318 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
4319 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
4320 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
4321 for that official:
4322
4323 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
4324
4325 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
4326 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
4327 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
4328 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
4329 services into them.
4330
4331 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
4332 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
4333 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
4334 available on private domains.
4335
4336 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
4337
4338 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
4339 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
4340 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
4341
4342 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
4343 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
4344 connectivity.
4345
4346 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
4347 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
4348 consider an interface "online".
4349
4350 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
4351 information.
4352
4353 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
4354 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
4355
4356 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
4357 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
4358
4359 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
4360 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
4361 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
4362 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
4363
4364 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
4365 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
4366 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
4367 before.
4368
4369 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
4370 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
4371 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
4372 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
4373
4374 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
4375 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
4376 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
4377
4378 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
4379 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
4380 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
4381 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
4382 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
4383 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
4384 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
4385
4386 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
4387 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
4388 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
4389 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
4390 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
4391 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
4392 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
4393 compatibility.)
4394
4395 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
4396 files.
4397
4398 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
4399 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
4400 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
4401 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
4402
4403 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
4404 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
4405 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
4406 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
4407 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
4408 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
4409
4410 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
4411 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
4412 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
4413 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
4414 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
4415 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
4416 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
4417 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
4418 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
4419 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
4420 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
4421 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
4422 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
4423 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
4424 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
4425
4426 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4427
4428 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
4429 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
4430 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
4431 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
4432 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
4433 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
4434 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
4435
4436 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
4437 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
4438 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
4439 via BPF.
4440
4441 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
4442 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
4443 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
4444 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
4445
4446 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
4447 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
4448 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
4449 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
4450 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
4451 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
4452
4453 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
4454 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
4455 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
4456 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
4457 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
4458 program code that can consume JSON.
4459
4460 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
4461 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
4462
4463 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
4464 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
4465 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
4466 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
4467 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
4468 continue to be supported for compatibility.
4469
4470 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
4471 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
4472
4473 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
4474 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
4475 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
4476 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
4477 level.
4478
4479 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
4480 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
4481 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
4482 Type 1 boot loader entries.
4483
4484 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
4485 may be specified now.
4486
4487 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
4488 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
4489 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
4490 an interactive user is generally not present.
4491
4492 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
4493 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
4494 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
4495 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
4496 asterisks.)
4497
4498 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
4499 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
4500 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
4501 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
4502 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
4503 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
4504 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
4505 used FIDO2 token.
4506
4507 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
4508 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
4509 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
4510 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
4511 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
4512 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
4513 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
4514
4515 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
4516 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
4517 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
4518 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
4519 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
4520 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
4521 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
4522 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
4523 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
4524 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
4525 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
4526 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
4527 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
4528 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
4529 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
4530 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
4531 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
4532 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
4533 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
4534 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
4535 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
4536 privileges on the host).
4537
4538 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
4539 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
4540 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
4541
4542 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
4543 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
4544 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
4545 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
4546 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
4547 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
4548 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
4549 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
4550 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
4551
4552 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
4553 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
4554 user database lookups.
4555
4556 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
4557 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
4558 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
4559 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
4560 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
4561 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
4562 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
4563 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
4564 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
4565 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
4566 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
4567 is trivially simple.
4568
4569 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
4570 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
4571 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
4572 Journal records.
4573
4574 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
4575 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
4576 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
4577 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
4578 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
4579 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
4580 units that are members of a slice.
4581
4582 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
4583 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
4584 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
4585 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
4586
4587 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
4588 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
4589 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
4590 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
4591 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
4592 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
4593
4594 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
4595 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
4596 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
4597 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
4598 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
4599 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
4600 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
4601 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
4602 another unit that intends to uphold it.
4603
4604 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
4605 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
4606
4607 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
4608 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
4609 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
4610
4611 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
4612 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
4613 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
4614 characters literally.
4615
4616 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
4617 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
4618 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
4619 switch.
4620
4621 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
4622 the systemd source code tree:
4623
4624 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
4625
4626 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
4627 the initrd.
4628
4629 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
4630 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
4631 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
4632
4633 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
4634 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
4635 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
4636 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
4637
4638 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
4639 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
4640 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
4641 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
4642 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
4643 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
4644 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
4645 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
4646
4647 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
4648 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
4649
4650 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
4651 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
4652 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
4653 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
4654
4655 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
4656 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
4657 generation.
4658
4659 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
4660 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
4661 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
4662
4663 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
4664 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
4665
4666 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
4667 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
4668 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
4669
4670 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
4671 setting a network timeout time.
4672
4673 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
4674 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
4675 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
4676
4677 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
4678 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
4679 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
4680 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
4681 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
4682 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
4683 that.
4684
4685 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
4686 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
4687 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
4688 events in a short time window.
4689
4690 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
4691 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
4692 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
4693 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
4694 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
4695 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
4696 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
4697 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
4698 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
4699 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
4700 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
4701 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
4702 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
4703 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
4704 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
4705 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
4706 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
4707 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
4708 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
4709 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
4710 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
4711 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
4712 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
4713 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
4714 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
4715 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
4716 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
4717 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
4718 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
4719 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
4720 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
4721
4722 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
4723
4724 CHANGES WITH 248:
4725
4726 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
4727 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
4728 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
4729 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
4730 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
4731 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
4732
4733 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
4734 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
4735 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
4736
4737 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
4738 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
4739 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
4740
4741 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
4742 supported system extension level.
4743
4744 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
4745 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
4746 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
4747 constraints.
4748
4749 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
4750 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
4751 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
4752
4753 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
4754 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
4755 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
4756 similar to /etc/crypttab.
4757
4758 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
4759 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
4760
4761 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
4762 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
4763 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
4764 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
4765 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
4766
4767 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
4768 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
4769 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
4770 user.
4771
4772 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
4773 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
4774 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
4775 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
4776 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
4777 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
4778 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
4779 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
4780
4781 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
4782 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
4783 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
4784 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
4785 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
4786
4787 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
4788 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
4789 D-Bus properties.
4790
4791 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
4792 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
4793 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
4794 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
4795 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
4796 shows this in the status output.
4797
4798 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
4799 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
4800 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
4801 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
4802 the need for configuration in an external file.
4803
4804 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
4805 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
4806 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
4807
4808 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
4809 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
4810 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
4811
4812 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
4813 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
4814 them. See:
4815
4816 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
4817
4818 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
4819
4820 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
4821 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
4822 dependency.
4823
4824 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
4825 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
4826 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
4827
4828 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
4829 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
4830 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
4831 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
4832 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
4833 output and such.
4834
4835 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
4836 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
4837
4838 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
4839 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
4840
4841 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
4842 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
4843 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
4844 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
4845
4846 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
4847 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
4848 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
4849 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
4850
4851 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
4852 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
4853 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
4854
4855 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
4856 IPC namespace.
4857
4858 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
4859 generated from kernel lists exported on
4860 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
4861
4862 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
4863 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
4864 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
4865
4866 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
4867 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
4868 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
4869 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
4870
4871 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
4872 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
4873 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
4874
4875 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
4876 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
4877 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
4878 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
4879
4880 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
4881 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
4882
4883 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
4884 noexec for parts of the file system.
4885
4886 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
4887 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
4888 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
4889 systemctl and similar tools:
4890
4891 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
4892
4893 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
4894 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
4895 the host itself is connected to
4896
4897 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
4898
4899 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
4900 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
4901 parameter: the message to send.
4902
4903 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
4904 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
4905 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
4906
4907 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
4908 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
4909
4910 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
4911 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
4912
4913 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
4914 queue to be configured.
4915
4916 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
4917 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
4918 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
4919
4920 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
4921 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
4922 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
4923 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
4924 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
4925 .network files.
4926
4927 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
4928 switch to select the routing policy table.
4929
4930 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
4931 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
4932
4933 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
4934 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
4935 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
4936 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
4937 added.
4938
4939 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
4940 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
4941
4942 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
4943 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
4944
4945 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
4946 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
4947 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
4948 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
4949
4950 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
4951 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
4952 devices.
4953
4954 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
4955 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
4956 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
4957
4958 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
4959 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
4960 even a single device.
4961
4962 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
4963 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
4964 systems.
4965
4966 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
4967 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
4968
4969 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
4970 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
4971 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
4972 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
4973 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
4974
4975 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
4976 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
4977
4978 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
4979 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
4980 libfprint.
4981
4982 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
4983 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
4984 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
4985 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
4986 the upstream server.
4987
4988 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
4989 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
4990 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
4991 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
4992 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
4993 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
4994 anyway.
4995
4996 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
4997 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
4998 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
4999
5000 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
5001 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
5002 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
5003 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
5004 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
5005 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
5006 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
5007 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
5008 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
5009 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
5010 lookup.
5011
5012 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
5013 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
5014 capabilities passed to the container payload.
5015
5016 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
5017 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
5018 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
5019 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
5020 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
5021 IPv4-only).
5022
5023 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
5024 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
5025 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
5026
5027 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
5028 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
5029
5030 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
5031 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
5032 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
5033 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
5034 units.
5035
5036 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
5037 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
5038 operation, but it is still recommended.
5039
5040 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
5041 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
5042
5043 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
5044 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
5045
5046 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
5047 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
5048 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
5049
5050 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
5051 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
5052 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
5053
5054 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
5055 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
5056 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
5057 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
5058 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
5059 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
5060 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
5061 imported into the manager environment block.
5062
5063 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
5064 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
5065 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
5066
5067 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
5068 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
5069 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
5070 reloaded "↻".
5071
5072 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
5073 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
5074 a simple JSON format.
5075
5076 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
5077 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
5078 process signals and their numbers.
5079
5080 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
5081
5082 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
5083 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
5084
5085 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
5086 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
5087 colors are used in output.
5088
5089 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
5090 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
5091 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
5092 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
5093 disable this output again.
5094
5095 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
5096 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
5097 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
5098 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
5099
5100 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
5101 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
5102 recommended.
5103
5104 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
5105 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
5106 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
5107 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
5108 the keymap file first.
5109
5110 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
5111
5112 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
5113 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
5114 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
5115
5116 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
5117 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
5118 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
5119 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
5120
5121 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
5122 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
5123 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
5124 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
5125 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
5126 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
5127
5128 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
5129 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
5130 headers/legends.
5131
5132 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
5133 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
5134 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
5135 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
5136 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
5137 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
5138 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
5139 operations at a later step at once.
5140
5141 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
5142 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
5143 to regular strings.
5144
5145 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
5146 and measured the boot process into it.
5147
5148 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
5149 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
5150 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
5151 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
5152
5153 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
5154 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
5155 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
5156 it assigns the container a cgroup.
5157
5158 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
5159 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
5160
5161 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
5162 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
5163
5164 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
5165 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
5166 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
5167 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
5168 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
5169 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
5170 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
5171 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
5172 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
5173 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
5174 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
5175 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
5176 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
5177 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
5178 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
5179 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
5180 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
5181 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
5182 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
5183 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
5184 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
5185 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
5186 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
5187 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
5188 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
5189 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
5190 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
5191 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
5192 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
5193 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
5194 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
5195 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
5196 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
5197 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
5198 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
5199 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5200 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5201
5202 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
5203
5204 CHANGES WITH 247:
5205
5206 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
5207 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
5208 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
5209 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
5210 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
5211 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
5212 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
5213 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
5214 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
5215 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
5216 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
5217 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
5218 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
5219 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
5220 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
5221
5222 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
5223 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
5224 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
5225 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
5226 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
5227 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
5228 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
5229 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
5230 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
5231 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
5232 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
5233 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
5234 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
5235 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
5236 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
5237
5238 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
5239 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
5240 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
5241 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
5242 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
5243 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
5244 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
5245 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
5246 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
5247 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
5248
5249 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
5250 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
5251 handle the new events. Specifically:
5252
5253 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
5254 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
5255 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
5256 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
5257 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
5258 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
5259 generated, for all other device types this change is still
5260 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
5261 future kernel uevent type additions).
5262
5263 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
5264 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
5265 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
5266 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
5267 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
5268 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
5269 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
5270 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
5271 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
5272 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
5273 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
5274 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
5275
5276 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
5277 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
5278 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
5279 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
5280 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
5281 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
5282 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
5283 above).
5284
5285 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
5286 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
5287 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
5288 behaviour change.
5289
5290 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
5291 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
5292 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
5293 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
5294 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
5295 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
5296 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
5297 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
5298 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
5299 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
5300 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
5301 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
5302 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
5303 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
5304 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
5305 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
5306 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
5307 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
5308 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
5309 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
5310 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
5311 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
5312 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
5313 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
5314 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
5315 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
5316
5317 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
5318 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
5319 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
5320 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
5321 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
5322
5323 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
5324 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
5325 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
5326 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
5327 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
5328 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
5329 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
5330 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
5331 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
5332 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
5333 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
5334 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
5335 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
5336
5337 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
5338 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
5339 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
5340 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
5341 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
5342 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
5343 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
5344 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
5345 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
5346 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
5347 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
5348 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
5349 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
5350 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
5351 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
5352 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
5353 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
5354 they now are optional during runtime.
5355
5356 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
5357 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
5358 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
5359 which installs absolute timers.
5360
5361 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
5362 mode, which may be controlled via the new
5363 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
5364 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
5365 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
5366 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
5367 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
5368 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
5369 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
5370 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
5371
5372 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
5373 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
5374 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
5375 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
5376 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
5377 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
5378 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
5379 dispatched).
5380
5381 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
5382 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
5383 the RootImage= setting.
5384
5385 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
5386 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
5387 to the service.
5388
5389 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
5390 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
5391 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
5392 different for different units).
5393
5394 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
5395 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
5396 options.
5397
5398 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
5399 --json= switch.
5400
5401 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
5402 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
5403 authentication request.
5404
5405 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
5406 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
5407 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
5408 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
5409 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
5410 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
5411 empty.
5412
5413 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
5414 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
5415 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
5416 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
5417 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
5418 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
5419 image to be applied onto the image.
5420
5421 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
5422 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
5423 in OS disk images.
5424
5425 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
5426 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
5427 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
5428 other output modes.
5429
5430 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
5431 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
5432 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
5433 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
5434
5435 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
5436 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
5437 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
5438 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
5439 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
5440 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
5441 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
5442 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
5443 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
5444 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
5445
5446 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
5447 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
5448 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
5449 recursively to whole subtrees.
5450
5451 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
5452 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
5453 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
5454 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
5455 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
5456 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
5457 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
5458 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
5459
5460 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
5461 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
5462 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
5463 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
5464 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
5465 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
5466 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
5467 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
5468 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
5469 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
5470 system asks for a password.
5471
5472 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
5473 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
5474 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
5475 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
5476 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
5477 up.
5478
5479 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
5480 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
5481 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
5482
5483 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
5484 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
5485 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
5486 virtualization.
5487
5488 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
5489 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
5490 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
5491 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
5492 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
5493 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
5494 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
5495 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
5496 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
5497 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
5498 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
5499 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
5500 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
5501 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
5502 directories:
5503
5504 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
5505
5506 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
5507 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
5508 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
5509
5510 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
5511 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
5512 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
5513 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
5514
5515 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
5516 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
5517
5518 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
5519 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
5520 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
5521 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
5522 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
5523 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
5524 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
5525 applications.
5526
5527 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
5528 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
5529 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
5530 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
5531 build time.
5532
5533 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
5534 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
5535 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
5536 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
5537 system call filter policy.
5538
5539 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
5540 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
5541 filtering is turned off.
5542
5543 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
5544 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
5545 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
5546 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
5547 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
5548 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
5549 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
5550 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
5551 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
5552
5553 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
5554 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
5555 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
5556 exited.
5557
5558 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
5559 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
5560
5561 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
5562 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
5563 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
5564 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
5565 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
5566 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
5567 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
5568 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
5569 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
5570 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
5571 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
5572 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
5573 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
5574 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
5575 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
5576 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
5577 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
5578 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
5579 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
5580 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
5581 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
5582 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
5583
5584 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
5585 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
5586 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
5587 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
5588 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
5589 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
5590 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
5591 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
5592 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
5593 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
5594 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
5595 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
5596 aforementioned service settings.
5597
5598 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
5599 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
5600 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
5601 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
5602 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
5603 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
5604 and populated — there is no time window where they are
5605 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
5606 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
5607 will start from the beginning.
5608
5609 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
5610 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
5611 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
5612 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
5613
5614 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
5615 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
5616 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
5617 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
5618 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
5619 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
5620 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
5621 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
5622 on, including in the initrd.
5623
5624 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
5625 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
5626 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
5627 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
5628
5629 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
5630 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
5631 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
5632 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
5633 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
5634
5635 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
5636 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
5637 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
5638 this property in its status output.
5639
5640 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
5641 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
5642 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
5643 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
5644 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
5645 more similarly to nss-resolve.
5646
5647 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
5648 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
5649 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
5650 ctime.
5651
5652 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
5653 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
5654
5655 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
5656 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
5657 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
5658 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
5659 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
5660 having to rebuild systemd.
5661
5662 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
5663 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
5664 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
5665 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
5666 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
5667 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
5668 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
5669 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
5670
5671 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
5672 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
5673 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
5674 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
5675 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
5676 hardlinks.
5677
5678 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
5679 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
5680 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
5681
5682 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
5683 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
5684 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
5685 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
5686
5687 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
5688 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
5689
5690 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
5691 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
5692 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
5693 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
5694 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
5695
5696 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
5697 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
5698 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
5699 compatibility).
5700
5701 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
5702 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
5703 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
5704 prefix will be assigned.
5705
5706 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
5707 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
5708 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
5709 The setting is enabled by default.
5710
5711 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
5712 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
5713
5714 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
5715 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
5716 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
5717 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
5718 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
5719 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
5720 debuggable.
5721
5722 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
5723 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
5724 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
5725 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
5726
5727 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
5728 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
5729
5730 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
5731 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
5732 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
5733 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
5734 environments where the root file system is
5735 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
5736 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
5737
5738 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
5739 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
5740 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
5741 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
5742 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
5743 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
5744 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
5745 later).
5746
5747 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
5748 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
5749 working with heavily threaded programs.
5750
5751 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
5752 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
5753 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
5754 desirable.
5755
5756 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
5757 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
5758 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
5759 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
5760 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
5761 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
5762
5763 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
5764 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
5765 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
5766 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
5767 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
5768
5769 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
5770 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
5771 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
5772 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
5773 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
5774 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
5775 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
5776 promises.
5777
5778 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
5779 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
5780 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
5781 promises.
5782
5783 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
5784 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
5785 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
5786 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
5787 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
5788 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
5789 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
5790 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
5791 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
5792
5793 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
5794 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
5795 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
5796 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
5797 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
5798 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
5799 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
5800 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
5801 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
5802
5803 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
5804 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
5805 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
5806 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
5807 like this.
5808
5809 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
5810 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
5811 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
5812 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
5813 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
5814 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
5815 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
5816 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
5817 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
5818
5819 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
5820 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
5821 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
5822 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
5823 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
5824 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
5825 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
5826 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
5827 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
5828 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
5829 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
5830 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
5831 appropriately.
5832
5833 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
5834 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
5835 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
5836 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
5837 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
5838 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
5839
5840 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
5841 contents in commented form in the text editor.
5842
5843 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
5844 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
5845 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
5846 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
5847 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
5848 protections for the different slices in the future.
5849
5850 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
5851 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
5852 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
5853 image dissection logic.
5854
5855 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
5856 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
5857 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
5858 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
5859 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
5860 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5861 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5862 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
5863 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
5864 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
5865 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
5866 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
5867 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
5868 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
5869 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
5870 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
5871 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
5872 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
5873 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
5874 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
5875 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
5876 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
5877 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
5878 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
5879 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
5880 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
5881 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
5882 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
5883 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
5884 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
5885 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
5886 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5887 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5888
5889 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
5890
5891 CHANGES WITH 246:
5892
5893 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
5894 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
5895 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
5896
5897 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
5898 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
5899
5900 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
5901 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
5902 based on the NUMA mask.
5903
5904 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
5905 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
5906 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
5907
5908 * Two new unit file settings
5909 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
5910 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
5911 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
5912 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
5913
5914 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
5915 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
5916 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
5917 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
5918 instance).
5919
5920 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
5921 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
5922 service's processes shall include.
5923
5924 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
5925 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
5926 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
5927 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
5928
5929 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
5930 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
5931 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
5932 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
5933 depending on socket type.
5934
5935 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
5936 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
5937 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
5938 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
5939 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
5940 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
5941 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
5942 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
5943 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
5944 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
5945
5946 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
5947 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
5948 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
5949 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
5950 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
5951 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
5952 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
5953 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
5954
5955 * .service unit files gained two new options
5956 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
5957 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
5958 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
5959
5960 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
5961 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
5962 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
5963 prefix is used.
5964
5965 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
5966 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
5967 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
5968 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
5969 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
5970 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
5971 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
5972 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
5973 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
5974 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
5975 key/certificate parameters support this now.
5976
5977 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
5978 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
5979 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
5980 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
5981 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
5982 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
5983
5984 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
5985 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
5986 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
5987 finally gone now.
5988
5989 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
5990 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
5991 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
5992 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
5993
5994 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
5995 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
5996 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
5997 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
5998 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
5999 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
6000 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
6001 which is quite likely a major security problem.
6002
6003 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
6004 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
6005 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
6006 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
6007 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
6008
6009 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
6010 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
6011 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
6012 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
6013 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
6014
6015 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
6016 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
6017 boot.
6018
6019 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
6020 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
6021 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
6022 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
6023 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
6024 device.
6025
6026 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
6027 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
6028 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
6029
6030 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
6031 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
6032 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
6033 conditions.
6034
6035 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
6036 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
6037 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
6038 in order to make test cases more reliable.
6039
6040 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
6041 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
6042 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
6043 the process that faulted.
6044
6045 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
6046 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
6047 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
6048
6049 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
6050 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
6051 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
6052 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
6053 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
6054
6055 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
6056 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
6057 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
6058 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
6059 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
6060
6061 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
6062 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
6063 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
6064 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
6065 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
6066
6067 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
6068 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
6069 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
6070 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
6071 frame ring buffer sizes.
6072
6073 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
6074 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
6075
6076 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
6077 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
6078
6079 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
6080 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
6081 automatically assigned to the interface.
6082
6083 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
6084 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
6085 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
6086 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
6087 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
6088 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
6089 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
6090 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
6091 mode for Assign=.
6092
6093 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
6094 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
6095 source addresses.
6096
6097 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
6098 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
6099 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
6100 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
6101 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
6102 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
6103 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
6104 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
6105 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
6106 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
6107
6108 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
6109 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
6110 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
6111 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
6112 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
6113 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
6114 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
6115
6116 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
6117 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
6118 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
6119 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
6120 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
6121 the RA packets suggest it.
6122
6123 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
6124 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
6125 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
6126 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
6127
6128 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
6129 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
6130 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
6131 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
6132 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
6133 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
6134 field.
6135
6136 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
6137 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
6138 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
6139 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
6140 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
6141 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
6142
6143 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
6144 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
6145
6146 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
6147 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
6148 the VLAN protocol to use.
6149
6150 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
6151 of the .network files, to control the link group.
6152
6153 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
6154 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
6155 link local address is generated.
6156
6157 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
6158 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
6159 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
6160 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
6161 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
6162 carefully picking an interface name to use.
6163
6164 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
6165 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
6166
6167 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
6168 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
6169
6170 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
6171 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
6172 are still understood to provide compatibility.
6173
6174 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
6175 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
6176 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
6177 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
6178 interfaces up or down.
6179
6180 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
6181 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
6182 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
6183 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
6184 interface may be specified (after "%").
6185
6186 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
6187 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
6188 public DNS servers are not used.
6189
6190 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
6191
6192 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
6193 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
6194 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
6195 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
6196 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
6197 defined by systemd-resolved).
6198
6199 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
6200 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
6201 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
6202
6203 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
6204 --property=…".
6205
6206 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
6207 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
6208 use --plain.
6209
6210 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
6211 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
6212 being deprecated in favor of this option.
6213
6214 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
6215 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
6216 process itself.
6217
6218 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
6219 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
6220 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
6221 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
6222 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
6223 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
6224 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
6225 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
6226 implementations.
6227
6228 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
6229 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
6230 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
6231 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
6232 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
6233 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
6234 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
6235 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
6236 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
6237
6238 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
6239 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
6240 initialization.
6241
6242 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
6243 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
6244 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
6245
6246 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
6247 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
6248 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
6249 without any decoration.
6250
6251 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
6252 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
6253 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
6254 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
6255 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
6256 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
6257
6258 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
6259 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
6260 coredump data from.
6261
6262 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
6263 the zstd algorithm.
6264
6265 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
6266 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
6267 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
6268 not block clean file system unmounting.
6269
6270 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
6271 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
6272 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
6273
6274 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
6275 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
6276 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
6277 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
6278
6279 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
6280 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
6281
6282 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
6283 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
6284 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
6285 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
6286 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
6287 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
6288 instead of operating on actual block devices.
6289
6290 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
6291 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
6292
6293 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
6294 instead of 0.
6295
6296 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
6297 specifier expansion.
6298
6299 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
6300 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
6301 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
6302 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
6303 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
6304
6305 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
6306 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
6307 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
6308 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
6309 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
6310
6311 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
6312 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
6313 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
6314 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
6315 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
6316 --fido2-device= option.
6317
6318 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
6319 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
6320 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
6321 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
6322 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
6323 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
6324 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
6325
6326 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
6327 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
6328 changed from ext2 to ext4.
6329
6330 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
6331 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
6332 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
6333 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
6334 before the system continues to boot.
6335
6336 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
6337 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
6338 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
6339 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
6340 instead of at installation time.
6341
6342 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
6343 volumes with automatically from files in
6344 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
6345 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
6346
6347 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
6348 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
6349
6350 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
6351 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
6352 instance.
6353
6354 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
6355 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
6356 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
6357 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
6358
6359 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
6360 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
6361 setup flag.
6362
6363 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
6364 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
6365 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
6366 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
6367 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
6368 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
6369 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
6370 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
6371 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
6372 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
6373 incremental).
6374
6375 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
6376 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
6377 which it then operates.
6378
6379 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
6380 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
6381 directories for various resources.
6382
6383 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
6384 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
6385 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
6386 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
6387 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
6388 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
6389 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
6390 via the new --no-block switch.
6391
6392 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
6393 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
6394 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
6395 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
6396 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
6397 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
6398 case.
6399
6400 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
6401 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
6402 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
6403 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
6404
6405 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
6406 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
6407 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
6408 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
6409 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
6410
6411 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
6412 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
6413 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
6414 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
6415 vtable is associated with.
6416
6417 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
6418 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
6419 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
6420 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
6421
6422 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
6423 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
6424 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
6425
6426 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
6427
6428 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
6429 document the methods, signals and properties.
6430
6431 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
6432 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
6433 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
6434 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
6435 desktops has been added:
6436
6437 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
6438 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
6439 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
6440
6441 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
6442 and has now moved to:
6443
6444 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
6445
6446 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
6447 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
6448 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
6449 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
6450 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
6451 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
6452 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
6453
6454 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
6455 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
6456 target of the service during runtime.
6457
6458 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
6459 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
6460 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
6461
6462 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
6463 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
6464 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
6465 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
6466 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
6467 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
6468 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
6469 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
6470 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
6471 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
6472 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
6473 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6474 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
6475 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
6476 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
6477 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
6478 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
6479 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
6480 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
6481 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
6482 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
6483 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
6484 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
6485 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
6486 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
6487 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
6488 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
6489 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
6490 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
6491 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
6492 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
6493 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
6494 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
6495 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
6496 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
6497 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
6498 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6499 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
6500
6501 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
6502
6503 CHANGES WITH 245:
6504
6505 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
6506 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
6507 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
6508 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
6509 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
6510 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
6511 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
6512 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
6513 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
6514 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
6515 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
6516 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
6517 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
6518 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
6519 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
6520 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
6521 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
6522 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
6523 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
6524 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
6525 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
6526
6527 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
6528 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
6529 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
6530 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
6531 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
6532 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
6533 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
6534 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
6535 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
6536 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
6537 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
6538 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
6539 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
6540 that for the first time resource management and various other
6541 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
6542 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
6543 to apply on login. For further details see:
6544
6545 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
6546 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
6547 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
6548
6549 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
6550 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
6551 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
6552 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
6553 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
6554 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
6555 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
6556 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
6557 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
6558
6559 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
6560
6561 For further details about the format and expectations on home
6562 directories this new daemon makes, see:
6563
6564 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
6565
6566 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
6567 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
6568 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
6569 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
6570 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
6571 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
6572 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
6573 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
6574 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
6575 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
6576 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
6577 usage limitations and other settings.
6578
6579 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
6580 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
6581 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
6582 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
6583 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
6584 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
6585 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
6586 resource usage.
6587
6588 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
6589 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
6590
6591 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
6592 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
6593 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
6594 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
6595 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
6596
6597 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
6598 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
6599 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
6600 itself and the default for all other processes.
6601
6602 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
6603 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
6604 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
6605 database into account.
6606
6607 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
6608 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
6609 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
6610 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
6611
6612 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
6613 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
6614 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
6615 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
6616 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
6617 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
6618 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
6619 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
6620 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
6621 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
6622
6623 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
6624 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
6625 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
6626 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
6627 event source watching it is freed).
6628
6629 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
6630 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
6631 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
6632 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
6633
6634 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
6635 (IFB) network devices.
6636
6637 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
6638 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
6639
6640 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
6641 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
6642 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
6643 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
6644 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
6645 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
6646
6647 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
6648 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
6649 with its sense inverted.
6650
6651 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
6652 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
6653 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
6654
6655 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
6656 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
6657 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
6658
6659 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
6660 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
6661 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
6662 to be used.
6663
6664 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
6665 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
6666 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
6667 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
6668 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
6669 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
6670 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
6671
6672 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
6673 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
6674 debugging purposes.
6675
6676 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
6677 group named differently than the user.
6678
6679 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
6680 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
6681 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
6682
6683 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
6684 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
6685 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
6686 /etc/fstab.
6687
6688 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
6689 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
6690 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
6691 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
6692
6693 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
6694 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
6695 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
6696 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
6697
6698 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
6699 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
6700 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
6701 Bernard.
6702
6703 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
6704 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
6705 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
6706 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
6707 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
6708 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
6709 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
6710 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
6711 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
6712 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
6713 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
6714
6715 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
6716 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
6717 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
6718 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
6719 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
6720 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
6721 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
6722 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
6723 command line option.
6724
6725 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
6726 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
6727
6728 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
6729 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
6730 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
6731 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
6732 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
6733 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
6734 systemd-timedated.
6735
6736 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
6737 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
6738 GPT partition table types.
6739
6740 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
6741 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
6742 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
6743
6744 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
6745
6746 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
6747 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
6748 for the respective units.
6749
6750 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
6751 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
6752 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
6753
6754 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
6755 "status" output.
6756
6757 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
6758 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
6759 disappear.
6760
6761 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
6762 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
6763 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
6764 address is used.
6765
6766 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
6767 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
6768 dropped from the individual setting names.
6769
6770 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
6771 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
6772 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
6773 such files in version 243.
6774
6775 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
6776 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
6777 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
6778
6779 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
6780 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
6781 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
6782
6783 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
6784 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
6785 with stopping and disablement.
6786
6787 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
6788 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
6789 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
6790 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
6791 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
6792 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
6793 some internal systemd services (most notably
6794 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
6795 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
6796 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
6797 this systemd release. See
6798 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
6799 additional discussion.
6800
6801 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
6802 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
6803 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
6804 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
6805 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
6806 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
6807 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6808 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
6809 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
6810 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
6811 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
6812 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
6813 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
6814 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
6815 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
6816 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
6817 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
6818 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
6819 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
6820 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
6821 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
6822 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
6823 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
6824 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
6825 DONG
6826
6827 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
6828
6829 CHANGES WITH 244:
6830
6831 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
6832 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
6833 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
6834 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
6835
6836 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
6837 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
6838 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
6839 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
6840
6841 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
6842 units.
6843
6844 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
6845 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
6846 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
6847 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
6848 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
6849 set the EFI variable.
6850
6851 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
6852 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
6853 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
6854 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
6855 and overrides the systemd setting.
6856
6857 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
6858 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
6859 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
6860 effect.)
6861
6862 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
6863 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
6864 that affects all corresponding unit files.
6865
6866 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
6867 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
6868
6869 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
6870 the unit being shown.
6871
6872 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
6873 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
6874 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
6875 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
6876 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
6877
6878 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
6879 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
6880 which need to use them.
6881
6882 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
6883 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
6884 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
6885 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
6886 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
6887 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
6888 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
6889 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
6890 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
6891 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
6892
6893 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
6894 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
6895 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
6896 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
6897 security tokens that were used previously.
6898
6899 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
6900 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
6901 improve power saving with many more devices.
6902
6903 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
6904 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
6905 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
6906
6907 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
6908 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
6909 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
6910 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
6911 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
6912
6913 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
6914 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
6915 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
6916 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
6917 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
6918
6919 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
6920 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
6921
6922 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
6923 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
6924
6925 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
6926 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
6927 now supported.
6928
6929 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
6930 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
6931
6932 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
6933 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
6934 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
6935
6936 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
6937 received from the server.
6938
6939 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
6940 set.
6941
6942 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
6943 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
6944
6945 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
6946 using a new SendOption= setting.
6947
6948 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
6949 service type" value used by the client.
6950
6951 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
6952 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
6953
6954 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
6955 a new SendOption= setting.
6956
6957 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
6958 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
6959
6960 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
6961 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
6962
6963 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
6964 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
6965 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
6966
6967 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
6968 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
6969 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
6970 BSSID for wireless links.
6971
6972 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
6973 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
6974
6975 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
6976 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
6977
6978 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
6979 disciplines in the kernel using the new
6980 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
6981 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
6982 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
6983 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
6984
6985 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
6986
6987 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
6988 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
6989 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
6990 on its own).
6991
6992 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
6993 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
6994 of the present time.
6995
6996 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
6997 reproducible image builds easier).
6998
6999 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
7000 Specification.
7001
7002 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
7003 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
7004 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
7005 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
7006
7007 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
7008 is being used.
7009
7010 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
7011
7012 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
7013 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
7014 path as the system manager.
7015
7016 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
7017 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
7018 representation").
7019
7020 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
7021 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
7022 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
7023 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
7024 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
7025 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
7026 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
7027 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
7028
7029 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
7030 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
7031 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
7032 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
7033 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
7034 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
7035 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
7036 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
7037 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
7038 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7039 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
7040 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
7041 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
7042 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
7043 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
7044 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
7045 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
7046 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
7047 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
7048 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
7049 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
7050 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
7051 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7052
7053 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
7054
7055 CHANGES WITH 243:
7056
7057 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
7058 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
7059 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
7060 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
7061 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
7062 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
7063 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
7064 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
7065
7066 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
7067 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
7068 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
7069 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
7070 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
7071 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
7072 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
7073 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
7074 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
7075 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
7076 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
7077 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
7078 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
7079 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
7080 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
7081 documentation.
7082
7083 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
7084 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
7085 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
7086 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
7087 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
7088 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
7089 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
7090 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
7091 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
7092 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
7093 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
7094 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
7095 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
7096 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
7097 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
7098 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
7099
7100 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
7101 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
7102 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
7103 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
7104
7105 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
7106 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
7107
7108 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
7109 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
7110 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
7111 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
7112 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
7113 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
7114 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
7115 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
7116 caught up with the kernel API changes.
7117
7118 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
7119 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
7120 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
7121 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
7122 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
7123 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
7124 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
7125 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
7126 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
7127 packagers.
7128
7129 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
7130 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
7131
7132 build/man/man systemctl
7133 build/man/html systemd.index
7134
7135 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
7136 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
7137
7138 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
7139 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
7140 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
7141 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
7142 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
7143 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
7144
7145 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
7146 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
7147 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
7148 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
7149 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
7150 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
7151 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
7152 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
7153 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
7154 unambiguously distinguished.
7155
7156 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
7157 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
7158 very rarely used.
7159
7160 To replace this functionality, users should:
7161 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
7162 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
7163 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
7164 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
7165 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
7166
7167 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
7168 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
7169 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
7170 interfaces should really be matched.
7171
7172 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
7173 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
7174 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
7175 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
7176 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
7177 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
7178
7179 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
7180 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
7181 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
7182 stop the whole unit.
7183
7184 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
7185 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
7186 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
7187 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
7188 generated whenever a unit stops.
7189
7190 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
7191 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
7192 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
7193 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
7194
7195 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
7196 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
7197 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
7198 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
7199 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
7200
7201 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
7202 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
7203 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
7204 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
7205 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
7206 programs set up externally.
7207
7208 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
7209 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
7210 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
7211 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
7212
7213 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
7214 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
7215 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
7216 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
7217 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
7218 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
7219 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
7220
7221 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
7222 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
7223 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
7224 as before.
7225
7226 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
7227 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
7228 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
7229 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
7230 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
7231 links on terminals that support that.
7232
7233 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
7234 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
7235 unmounted safely during shutdown.
7236
7237 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
7238
7239 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
7240 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
7241 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
7242 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
7243 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
7244 The default remains unchanged.
7245
7246 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
7247 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
7248
7249 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
7250 udev property.
7251
7252 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
7253 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
7254 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
7255
7256 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
7257 interfaces natively.
7258
7259 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
7260 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
7261 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
7262 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
7263
7264 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
7265 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
7266 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
7267 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
7268 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
7269 RELEASE message when terminating.
7270
7271 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
7272 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
7273
7274 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
7275 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
7276 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
7277 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
7278 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
7279 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
7280 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
7281
7282 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
7283 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
7284 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
7285 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
7286 added to the GENEVE support.
7287
7288 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
7289 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
7290 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
7291 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
7292 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
7293
7294 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
7295 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
7296 onto the network device.
7297
7298 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
7299 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
7300 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
7301 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
7302 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
7303
7304 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
7305 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
7306 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
7307
7308 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
7309 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
7310
7311 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
7312 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
7313
7314 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
7315 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
7316 statistics.
7317
7318 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
7319 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
7320 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
7321
7322 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
7323 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
7324
7325 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
7326 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
7327 specific udev properties.
7328
7329 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
7330 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
7331 "lo" as underlying device.
7332
7333 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
7334 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
7335 IP addresses, too.
7336
7337 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
7338 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
7339 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
7340 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
7341
7342 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
7343 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
7344 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
7345 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
7346
7347 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
7348 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
7349 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
7350
7351 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
7352 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
7353 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
7354
7355 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
7356
7357 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
7358 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
7359 does the same for recurring calendar events.
7360
7361 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
7362 durations as opposed to points in time).
7363
7364 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
7365 expressions.
7366
7367 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
7368 codes to their names and back.
7369
7370 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
7371 file paths and unit aliases.
7372
7373 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
7374 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
7375 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
7376 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
7377
7378 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
7379 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
7380 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
7381 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
7382 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
7383 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
7384 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
7385 udev rules for that purpose.
7386
7387 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
7388 a device to be initialized.
7389
7390 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
7391 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
7392 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
7393
7394 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
7395 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
7396 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
7397 with gcc's cleanup extension.
7398
7399 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
7400 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
7401 with printf().
7402
7403 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
7404 XML introspection data unmodified.
7405
7406 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
7407 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
7408 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
7409 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
7410
7411 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
7412 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
7413 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
7414 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
7415 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
7416 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
7417 configured to handle the watchdog.
7418
7419 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
7420 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
7421 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
7422
7423 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
7424 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
7425 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
7426
7427 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
7428 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
7429 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
7430 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
7431 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
7432
7433 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
7434 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
7435 review.
7436
7437 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
7438 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
7439
7440 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
7441 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
7442
7443 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
7444 failures to apply them are now ignored.
7445
7446 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
7447 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
7448 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
7449 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
7450
7451 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
7452 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
7453 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
7454 service.
7455
7456 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
7457 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
7458 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
7459 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
7460 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
7461 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
7462 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
7463 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
7464 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
7465 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
7466 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
7467 a seed was received from the boot loader.
7468
7469 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
7470
7471 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
7472 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
7473 above.
7474
7475 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
7476 installed.
7477
7478 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
7479 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
7480 bootloader entry).
7481
7482 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
7483 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
7484
7485 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
7486
7487 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
7488 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
7489 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
7490 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
7491 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
7492
7493 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
7494 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
7495 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
7496
7497 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
7498 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
7499
7500 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
7501 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
7502 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
7503
7504 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
7505 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
7506 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
7507 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
7508 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
7509 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
7510 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
7511 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
7512 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
7513 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
7514 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
7515 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
7516 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
7517 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7518 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
7519 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
7520 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
7521 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
7522 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7523 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
7524 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
7525 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
7526 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
7527 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
7528 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
7529 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
7530 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
7531 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
7532 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
7533 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
7534
7535 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
7536
7537 CHANGES WITH 242:
7538
7539 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
7540 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
7541 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
7542 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
7543 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
7544 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
7545 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
7546
7547 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
7548 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
7549
7550 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
7551 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
7552 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
7553 may be used to view this.
7554
7555 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
7556 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
7557 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
7558 ```
7559 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
7560 [Match]
7561 Type=bridge
7562
7563 [Link]
7564 MACAddressPolicy=none
7565 ```
7566
7567 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
7568 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
7569 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
7570 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
7571 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
7572 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
7573 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
7574
7575 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
7576 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
7577
7578 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
7579 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
7580
7581 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
7582 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
7583
7584 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
7585 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
7586 is a USB peripheral).
7587
7588 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
7589 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
7590 measured.
7591
7592 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
7593 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
7594 have privileges to do so).
7595
7596 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
7597 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
7598 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
7599
7600 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
7601 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
7602 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
7603 namespace.
7604
7605 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
7606 in which case environment variable substitution is
7607 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
7608
7609 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
7610 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
7611 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
7612 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
7613 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
7614
7615 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
7616 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
7617 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
7618 installed CPU cores.
7619
7620 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
7621 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
7622 kernel 4.15.
7623
7624 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
7625 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
7626 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
7627 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
7628 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
7629
7630 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
7631 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
7632 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
7633
7634 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
7635 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
7636 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
7637 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
7638 enslaved devices is not operational.
7639
7640 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
7641 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
7642
7643 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
7644 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
7645 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
7646 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
7647 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
7648 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
7649
7650 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
7651 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
7652
7653 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
7654
7655 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
7656 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
7657 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
7658
7659 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
7660 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
7661
7662 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
7663 configure CAN triple sampling.
7664
7665 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
7666 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
7667
7668 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
7669 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
7670 details.
7671
7672 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
7673 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
7674 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
7675 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
7676 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
7677 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
7678
7679 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
7680
7681 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
7682 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
7683 controlling project quota inheritance.
7684
7685 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
7686 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
7687 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
7688 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
7689 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
7690 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
7691 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
7692 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
7693 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
7694 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
7695 partition.
7696
7697 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
7698 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
7699 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
7700 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
7701 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
7702
7703 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
7704 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
7705
7706 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
7707 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
7708 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
7709 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
7710 be used in production yet.
7711
7712 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
7713 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
7714 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
7715 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
7716 input, output, and error are set up.
7717
7718 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
7719
7720 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
7721 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
7722 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
7723
7724 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
7725 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
7726 the specified expression will elapse next.
7727
7728 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
7729 introspection data.
7730
7731 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
7732 the reboot() system call expects.
7733
7734 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
7735 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
7736 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
7737
7738 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
7739 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
7740 ConditionVirtualization=).
7741
7742 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
7743 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
7744 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
7745 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
7746 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
7747 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
7748 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
7749 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
7750 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
7751 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
7752 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
7753 during reboot with their own operations.
7754
7755 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
7756 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
7757 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
7758 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
7759
7760 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
7761 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
7762 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
7763 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
7764 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
7765
7766 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
7767 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
7768
7769 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
7770 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
7771 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
7772 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
7773 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
7774 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
7775 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
7776 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
7777 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
7778
7779 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
7780 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
7781 prohibited.
7782
7783 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
7784 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
7785 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
7786 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
7787 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
7788 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
7789 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
7790 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
7791
7792 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
7793 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
7794 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
7795 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
7796 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
7797 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
7798 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
7799 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
7800 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
7801 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
7802 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7803 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
7804 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
7805 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
7806 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
7807 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
7808 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
7809 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7810
7811 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
7812
7813 CHANGES WITH 241:
7814
7815 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
7816 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
7817 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
7818
7819 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
7820 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
7821 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
7822 include the package release information.
7823
7824 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
7825 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
7826 option.
7827
7828 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
7829 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
7830 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
7831
7832 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
7833 again.
7834
7835 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
7836 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
7837 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
7838 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
7839 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
7840 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
7841 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
7842 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
7843 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
7844 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
7845 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
7846 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
7847 installed .link files to *not* include it.
7848
7849 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
7850 "persistent", now works again as documented.
7851
7852 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
7853 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
7854
7855 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
7856 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
7857 used for side-channel attacks.
7858
7859 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
7860 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
7861 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
7862
7863 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
7864 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
7865 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
7866 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
7867 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
7868 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
7869
7870 fs.protected_regular = 0
7871 fs.protected_fifos = 0
7872
7873 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
7874 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
7875
7876 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
7877 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
7878 POSIX shells.
7879
7880 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
7881 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
7882
7883 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
7884 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
7885 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
7886 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
7887 points but otherwise empty.
7888
7889 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
7890 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
7891 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
7892
7893 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
7894 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
7895
7896 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
7897 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
7898
7899 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
7900 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
7901 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
7902 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
7903 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
7904 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
7905 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
7906 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
7907 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
7908 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7909 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7910 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
7911 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
7912 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
7913 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
7914 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7915 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
7916
7917 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
7918
7919 CHANGES WITH 240:
7920
7921 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
7922 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
7923 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
7924 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
7925 an SELinux policy update is required.
7926 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
7927
7928 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
7929 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
7930 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
7931 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
7932 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
7933 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
7934 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
7935 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
7936 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
7937 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
7938
7939 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
7940 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
7941 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
7942 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
7943 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
7944 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
7945 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
7946 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
7947 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
7948 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
7949 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
7950 the search path.
7951
7952 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
7953 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7954 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
7955 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
7956 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
7957 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
7958 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
7959 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
7960 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
7961 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
7962 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
7963 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
7964 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
7965 start job.
7966
7967 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
7968 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
7969 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
7970 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
7971 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
7972 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
7973 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
7974 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
7975 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
7976 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
7977
7978 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
7979 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
7980 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
7981 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
7982 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
7983 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
7984 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
7985 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
7986 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
7987 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
7988 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
7989 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
7990 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
7991 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
7992 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
7993 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
7994 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
7995 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
7996 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
7997 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
7998 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
7999 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
8000 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
8001 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
8002 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
8003 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
8004 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
8005 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
8006 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
8007 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
8008 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
8009 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
8010 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
8011 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
8012 Java.)
8013
8014 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
8015 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
8016 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
8017 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
8018 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
8019 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
8020 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
8021 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
8022 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
8023 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
8024
8025 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
8026 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
8027 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
8028 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
8029 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
8030 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
8031
8032 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
8033 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
8034 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
8035 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
8036 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
8037
8038 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
8039 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
8040
8041 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
8042 reverted.
8043
8044 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
8045 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
8046 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
8047
8048 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
8049 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
8050
8051 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
8052 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
8053 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
8054
8055 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
8056 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
8057 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
8058 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
8059 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
8060 latency.
8061
8062 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
8063 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
8064
8065 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
8066 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
8067 instance part of a unit name.
8068
8069 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
8070 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
8071 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
8072 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
8073 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
8074 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
8075 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
8076 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
8077 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
8078
8079 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
8080 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
8081 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
8082 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
8083
8084 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
8085 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
8086 to a file, and appending to it.
8087
8088 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
8089 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
8090 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
8091 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
8092 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
8093 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
8094
8095 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
8096 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
8097 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
8098 having to touch C code.
8099
8100 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
8101 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
8102
8103 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
8104 DNS-over-TLS.
8105
8106 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
8107 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
8108 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
8109
8110 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
8111 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
8112 until the system finished start-up.
8113
8114 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
8115
8116 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
8117 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
8118 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
8119 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
8120 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
8121 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
8122 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
8123
8124 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
8125 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
8126 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
8127 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
8128 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
8129 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
8130 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
8131 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
8132 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
8133 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
8134 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
8135 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
8136
8137 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
8138 instantiate services.
8139
8140 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
8141 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
8142
8143 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
8144 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
8145 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
8146
8147 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
8148 it is neither used nor maintained.
8149
8150 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
8151 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
8152 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
8153 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
8154 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
8155 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
8156 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
8157 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
8158 separated by colons.
8159
8160 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
8161 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
8162
8163 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
8164 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
8165
8166 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
8167 "ethtool advertise" commands.
8168
8169 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
8170 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
8171 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
8172 directly.
8173
8174 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
8175 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
8176 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
8177 ID.
8178
8179 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
8180 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
8181
8182 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
8183 and LOGO=.
8184
8185 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
8186 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
8187 from any hibernated image.
8188
8189 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
8190 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
8191 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
8192 kernel exports them.
8193
8194 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
8195 /usr/bin/.
8196
8197 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
8198 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
8199 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
8200 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
8201 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
8202 now documented here:
8203
8204 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
8205
8206 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
8207 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
8208 installs during early boot.
8209
8210 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
8211 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
8212
8213 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
8214 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
8215
8216 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
8217 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
8218 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
8219
8220 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
8221 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
8222 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
8223 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
8224 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
8225 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
8226 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
8227 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
8228 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
8229 is on AC power.
8230
8231 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
8232 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
8233 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
8234 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
8235 see:
8236
8237 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
8238
8239 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
8240 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
8241 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
8242 and container environments.
8243
8244 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
8245 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
8246 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
8247 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
8248
8249 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
8250 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
8251 journald per-service.
8252
8253 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
8254 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
8255
8256 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
8257 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
8258 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
8259 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
8260
8261 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
8262 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
8263 groups.
8264
8265 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
8266 --ephemeral command line switch.
8267
8268 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
8269 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
8270 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
8271 object itself.
8272
8273 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
8274 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
8275 not unloaded).
8276
8277 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
8278 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
8279 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
8280
8281 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
8282 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
8283 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
8284 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
8285 "dead" state on success.
8286
8287 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
8288 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
8289 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
8290 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
8291 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
8292 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
8293 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
8294 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
8295 well-defined system service context.
8296
8297 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
8298 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
8299 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
8300 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
8301
8302 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
8303 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
8304 continue to be used.
8305
8306 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
8307 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
8308 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
8309 for example:
8310
8311 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
8312
8313 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
8314 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
8315 the command line's exit code.
8316
8317 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
8318
8319 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
8320
8321 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
8322 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
8323 support to systemctl and all other commands.
8324
8325 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
8326 name as argument.
8327
8328 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
8329 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
8330 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
8331 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
8332 is improved.
8333
8334 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
8335 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
8336 initialize one to all 0xFF.
8337
8338 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
8339 all files and directories listed in
8340 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
8341 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
8342 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
8343 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
8344 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
8345 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
8346 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
8347 the transition to the host OS.
8348
8349 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
8350 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
8351 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
8352 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
8353 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
8354 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
8355 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
8356 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
8357 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
8358 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
8359 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
8360 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
8361 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
8362 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
8363 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
8364 these are opened they don't work.
8365
8366 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
8367 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
8368 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
8369 logic works again.
8370
8371 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
8372 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
8373 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
8374 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
8375 ignore it.
8376
8377 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
8378 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
8379 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
8380 commands.
8381
8382 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
8383 pam_systemd anymore.
8384
8385 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
8386 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
8387 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
8388 policy took effect.
8389
8390 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
8391 python-3.5.
8392
8393 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
8394 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
8395 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
8396 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
8397 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
8398 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
8399 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
8400 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
8401 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
8402 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
8403 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
8404 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
8405 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
8406 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
8407 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
8408 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
8409 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8410 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
8411 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
8412 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
8413 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
8414 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
8415 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
8416 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
8417 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
8418 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
8419 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
8420 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
8421 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
8422 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
8423 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
8424 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
8425 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
8426 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
8427 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
8428 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
8429 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
8430 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
8431 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
8432 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
8433 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
8434 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
8435 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
8436 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
8437 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
8438
8439 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
8440
8441 CHANGES WITH 239:
8442
8443 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
8444 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
8445 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
8446 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
8447 a slot number associated.
8448
8449 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
8450 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
8451 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
8452 independent.
8453
8454 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
8455 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
8456 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8457
8458 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
8459 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
8460 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
8461 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8462
8463 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
8464 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
8465 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
8466 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
8467 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
8468 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
8469 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
8470 e.g. NIS.
8471
8472 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
8473 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
8474 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
8475 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
8476 may be necessary to update the file.
8477
8478 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
8479 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
8480 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
8481 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
8482 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
8483 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
8484 documentation.
8485
8486 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
8487 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
8488 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
8489 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
8490 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
8491 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
8492 them.
8493
8494 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
8495 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
8496 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
8497 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
8498 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
8499
8500 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
8501 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
8502 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
8503 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
8504 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
8505 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
8506 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
8507 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
8508
8509 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
8510 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
8511 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
8512 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
8513 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
8514
8515 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
8516 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
8517 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
8518 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
8519 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
8520
8521 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
8522 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
8523 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
8524
8525 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
8526 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
8527 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
8528 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
8529 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
8530 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
8531 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
8532 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
8533 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
8534 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
8535 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
8536 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
8537 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
8538 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
8539 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
8540 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
8541 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
8542 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
8543 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
8544 from.
8545
8546 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
8547 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
8548 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
8549 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
8550
8551 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
8552 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
8553 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
8554 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
8555
8556 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
8557 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
8558 hibernates again.
8559
8560 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
8561 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
8562 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
8563
8564 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
8565 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
8566 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
8567
8568 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
8569 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
8570 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
8571 was not configurable and set to 512.
8572
8573 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
8574 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
8575 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
8576 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
8577 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
8578 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
8579 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
8580 in particular su and sudo.
8581
8582 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
8583 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
8584 synchronization has been received from the network. This
8585 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
8586 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
8587 services.
8588
8589 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
8590 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
8591 files should work for hibernation now.
8592
8593 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
8594 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
8595 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
8596 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
8597 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
8598 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
8599 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
8600 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
8601 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
8602 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
8603 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
8604 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
8605 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
8606 name following the last dash.
8607
8608 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
8609 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
8610 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
8611 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
8612 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
8613
8614 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
8615 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
8616 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
8617 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
8618 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
8619 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
8620
8621 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
8622 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
8623 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
8624 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
8625
8626 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
8627 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
8628 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
8629 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
8630 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
8631
8632 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
8633 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
8634 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
8635 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
8636 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
8637 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
8638 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
8639 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
8640 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
8641 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
8642 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
8643 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
8644 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
8645
8646 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
8647 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
8648 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
8649 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
8650 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
8651 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
8652 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
8653 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
8654 settings.
8655
8656 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
8657 expiration feature, if it is available.
8658
8659 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
8660 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
8661 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
8662
8663 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
8664 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
8665
8666 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
8667
8668 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
8669 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
8670
8671 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
8672 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
8673 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
8674 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
8675 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
8676 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
8677 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
8678 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
8679 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
8680 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
8681 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
8682
8683 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
8684 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
8685 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
8686 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
8687
8688 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
8689 about its state.
8690
8691 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
8692 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
8693 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
8694 "timedatectl set-ntp".
8695
8696 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
8697 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
8698 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
8699 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
8700 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
8701 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
8702 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
8703 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
8704 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
8705 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
8706 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
8707
8708 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
8709 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
8710
8711 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
8712 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
8713 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
8714 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
8715 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
8716 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
8717
8718 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
8719 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
8720 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
8721 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
8722 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
8723 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
8724 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
8725
8726 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
8727 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
8728 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
8729 shown.)
8730
8731 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
8732 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
8733 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
8734 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
8735 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
8736 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
8737 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
8738 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
8739 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
8740
8741 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
8742 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
8743 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
8744
8745 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
8746 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
8747 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
8748 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
8749 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
8750 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
8751 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
8752 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
8753
8754 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
8755
8756 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
8757 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
8758 automatically when the system clock changed.)
8759
8760 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
8761 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
8762
8763 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
8764 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
8765 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
8766
8767 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
8768
8769 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
8770
8771 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
8772 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
8773
8774 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
8775 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
8776 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
8777 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
8778 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
8779 external user databases.
8780
8781 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
8782 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
8783 refused due to the enforced limits.
8784
8785 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
8786 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
8787 manages.
8788
8789 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
8790 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
8791 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
8792 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
8793 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
8794 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
8795 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
8796 where this is now used by default.
8797
8798 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
8799 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
8800
8801 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
8802 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
8803 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
8804 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
8805 update process in a generic way.
8806
8807 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
8808
8809 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
8810 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
8811 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
8812 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
8813 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
8814 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
8815 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
8816 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
8817 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
8818 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
8819 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
8820 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
8821 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
8822 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
8823 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
8824 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
8825 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
8826 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
8827 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
8828 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
8829 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
8830 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
8831 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
8832 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
8833 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
8834 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
8835 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
8836 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
8837 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8838
8839 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
8840
8841 CHANGES WITH 238:
8842
8843 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
8844 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
8845 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
8846 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
8847 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
8848 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
8849 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
8850 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
8851 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
8852 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
8853 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
8854 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
8855 to revert this change.
8856
8857 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
8858 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
8859 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
8860 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
8861 once at the end of the transaction.
8862
8863 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
8864 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
8865 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
8866 scripts.
8867
8868 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
8869 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
8870 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
8871 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
8872 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
8873 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
8874 still allowing local admin overrides.
8875
8876 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
8877 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
8878 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
8879
8880 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
8881 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
8882 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
8883 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
8884 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
8885
8886 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
8887 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
8888 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
8889 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
8890 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
8891 from package installation scripts.
8892
8893 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
8894 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
8895 without the user number ("u username -:456").
8896
8897 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
8898 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
8899
8900 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
8901 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
8902 /sbin/nologin for other users).
8903
8904 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
8905 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
8906 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
8907 --systemd, --user, or --global).
8908
8909 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
8910 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
8911 which are triggered meanwhile).
8912
8913 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
8914 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
8915 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
8916 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
8917 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
8918
8919 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
8920 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
8921 rotated very quickly.
8922
8923 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
8924 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
8925 pending bus messages.
8926
8927 * systemd gained a new
8928 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
8929 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
8930 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
8931 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
8932 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
8933 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
8934 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
8935 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
8936 session scope.
8937
8938 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
8939 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
8940 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
8941 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
8942 the tree to be accessed.
8943
8944 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
8945 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
8946 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
8947
8948 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
8949 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
8950 to keys in the main keyring.
8951
8952 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
8953
8954 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
8955 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
8956
8957 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
8958
8959 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
8960 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
8961 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
8962 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
8963 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
8964 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
8965 explicitly.
8966
8967 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
8968 the colour of "OK" status messages.
8969
8970 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
8971 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
8972 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
8973 be restarted.
8974
8975 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
8976 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
8977
8978 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
8979 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
8980 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
8981 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
8982 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
8983 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
8984 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
8985 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8986 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
8987 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
8988 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
8989 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
8990 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8991 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8992 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
8993 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
8994
8995 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
8996
8997 CHANGES WITH 237:
8998
8999 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
9000 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
9001 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
9002 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
9003
9004 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
9005 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
9006 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
9007 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
9008 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
9009 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
9010 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
9011 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
9012 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
9013 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
9014
9015 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
9016 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
9017 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
9018 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
9019 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
9020 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
9021 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
9022 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
9023 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
9024 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
9025
9026 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
9027 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
9028 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
9029 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
9030 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
9031 now provides explicit control.
9032
9033 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
9034 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
9035 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
9036 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
9037 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
9038 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
9039 unit types that already supported transient operation.
9040
9041 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
9042 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
9043 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
9044
9045 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
9046 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
9047
9048 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
9049 .network files all gained support for a new condition
9050 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
9051 versions.
9052
9053 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
9054 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
9055 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
9056 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
9057 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
9058 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
9059 understands RapidCommit=.
9060
9061 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
9062 Delegation.
9063
9064 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
9065 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
9066 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
9067 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
9068 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
9069 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
9070 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
9071 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
9072 --watch-bind= command line switch.
9073
9074 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
9075 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
9076 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
9077 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
9078 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
9079 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
9080 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
9081 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
9082 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
9083 "Disconnected" signals).
9084
9085 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
9086 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
9087 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
9088 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
9089 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
9090 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
9091 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
9092 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
9093 round-trips are removed.
9094
9095 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
9096 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
9097 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
9098 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
9099
9100 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
9101 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
9102 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
9103 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
9104 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
9105 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
9106
9107 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
9108 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
9109 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
9110 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
9111 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
9112 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
9113 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
9114 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
9115 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
9116 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
9117
9118 * sd-event gained a new call pair
9119 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
9120 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
9121 when the event source is destroyed.
9122
9123 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
9124 connections.
9125
9126 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
9127 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
9128 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
9129 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
9130 new transitional flag file has been added: if
9131 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
9132 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
9133
9134 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
9135 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
9136 manager.
9137
9138 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
9139 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
9140 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
9141 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
9142 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
9143
9144 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
9145 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
9146 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
9147 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
9148 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
9149 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
9150
9151 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
9152 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
9153 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
9154 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
9155 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
9156 level/target is given as an argument.
9157
9158 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
9159 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
9160 where UID and GID do not match.
9161
9162 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
9163 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
9164 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
9165 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
9166 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9167 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
9168 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
9169 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
9170 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
9171 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
9172 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
9173 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
9174 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9175 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
9176 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
9177 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
9178 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
9179 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
9180 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
9181 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
9182 Палаузов
9183
9184 — Brno, 2018-01-28
9185
9186 CHANGES WITH 236:
9187
9188 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
9189 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
9190 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
9191 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
9192
9193 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
9194 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
9195 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
9196 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
9197 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
9198 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
9199 valid specifiers today.)
9200
9201 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
9202 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
9203 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
9204 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
9205 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
9206 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
9207
9208 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
9209 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
9210 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
9211 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
9212
9213 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
9214 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
9215 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
9216 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
9217 services are resolved properly.
9218
9219 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
9220 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
9221 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
9222 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
9223 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
9224 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
9225 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
9226 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
9227 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
9228 and btrfs.
9229
9230 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
9231 DNS server and domain information.
9232
9233 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
9234 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
9235 runtime.
9236
9237 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
9238 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
9239 empty for the first time.
9240
9241 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
9242 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
9243 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
9244 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
9245 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
9246 running in the user session.
9247
9248 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
9249 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
9250 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
9251 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
9252 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
9253 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
9254 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
9255 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
9256 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
9257 user instance).
9258
9259 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
9260 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
9261
9262 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
9263 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
9264 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
9265 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
9266
9267 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
9268 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
9269
9270 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
9271 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
9272 sleep verbs.
9273
9274 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
9275
9276 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
9277 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
9278
9279 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
9280
9281 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
9282 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
9283 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
9284
9285 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
9286 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
9287 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
9288 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
9289 instance.
9290
9291 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
9292 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
9293 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
9294
9295 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
9296 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
9297 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
9298
9299 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
9300
9301 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
9302 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
9303 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
9304 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
9305 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
9306 processes.
9307
9308 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
9309 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
9310 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
9311 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
9312
9313 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
9314 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
9315 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
9316
9317 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
9318 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
9319 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
9320 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
9321 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
9322
9323 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
9324 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
9325
9326 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
9327 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
9328 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
9329 time the specified expression would elapse.
9330
9331 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
9332 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
9333 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
9334 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
9335 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
9336 types, not just services.
9337
9338 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
9339 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
9340 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
9341 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
9342
9343 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
9344 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
9345 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
9346 interface for this purpose.
9347
9348 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
9349 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
9350 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
9351 anyway.
9352
9353 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
9354 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
9355 requirements of systemd.
9356
9357 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
9358 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
9359 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
9360
9361 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
9362 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
9363 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
9364 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
9365
9366 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
9367 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
9368 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
9369 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
9370
9371 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
9372 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
9373
9374 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
9375 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
9376 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
9377 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
9378 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
9379 managing software supports (such as pppd).
9380
9381 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
9382 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
9383 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
9384
9385 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
9386 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
9387 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
9388 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
9389 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
9390 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
9391 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
9392 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
9393 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
9394 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
9395 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
9396 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
9397 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
9398 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
9399 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
9400 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
9401 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
9402 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
9403 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
9404 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
9405 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
9406 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9407 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
9408
9409 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
9410
9411 CHANGES WITH 235:
9412
9413 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
9414 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
9415 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
9416 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
9417 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
9418 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
9419 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
9420 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
9421 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
9422 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
9423 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
9424 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
9425 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
9426 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
9427 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
9428 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
9429 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
9430 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
9431 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
9432 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
9433 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
9434 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
9435 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
9436 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
9437 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
9438 IPAddressDeny= see below.
9439
9440 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
9441 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
9442 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
9443 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9444 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
9445 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
9446 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
9447 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
9448
9449 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
9450 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
9451 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
9452 used to change those values.
9453
9454 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
9455 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
9456 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
9457 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
9458 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
9459 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
9460
9461 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
9462 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
9463 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
9464 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
9465
9466 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
9467 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
9468 one top-level directory.
9469
9470 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
9471 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
9472 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
9473 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
9474 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
9475 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
9476 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
9477 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
9478 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
9479 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
9480 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
9481 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
9482 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
9483 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
9484 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
9485
9486 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
9487 Meson-only.
9488
9489 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
9490 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
9491 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
9492 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
9493 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
9494 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
9495 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
9496 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
9497 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
9498 acceptable to us.
9499
9500 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
9501 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
9502 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
9503 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
9504 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
9505 requested at build time.
9506
9507 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
9508 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
9509 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
9510 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
9511 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
9512 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
9513 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
9514 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
9515 Type= setting which permits configuring
9516 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
9517
9518 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
9519 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
9520 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
9521 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
9522 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
9523 local frames between bridge ports.
9524
9525 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
9526 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
9527 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
9528
9529 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
9530 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
9531
9532 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
9533 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
9534 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
9535 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
9536
9537 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
9538 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
9539 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
9540 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
9541 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
9542 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
9543 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
9544 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
9545
9546 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
9547 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
9548 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
9549 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
9550 command.)
9551
9552 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
9553 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
9554 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
9555
9556 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
9557 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
9558 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
9559 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
9560
9561 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
9562 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
9563 configured, except for the credentials applied by
9564 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
9565 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
9566 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
9567 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
9568 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
9569 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
9570 on systems where this is not supported.
9571
9572 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
9573 sockets.
9574
9575 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
9576 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
9577 during runtime.
9578
9579 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
9580 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
9581 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
9582
9583 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
9584 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
9585 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
9586
9587 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
9588 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
9589 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
9590 Following this logic, two new special targets
9591 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
9592 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
9593 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
9594
9595 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
9596 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
9597 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
9598 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
9599
9600 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
9601 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
9602 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
9603 --wait".
9604
9605 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
9606 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
9607 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
9608 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
9609 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
9610 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
9611 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
9612 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
9613 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
9614
9615 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
9616 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
9617 containing information about the consumed resources of this
9618 invocation.
9619
9620 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
9621 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
9622 processes.
9623
9624 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
9625 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
9626 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
9627 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
9628 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
9629 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
9630 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
9631 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
9632 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
9633 systems for all five operations.
9634
9635 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
9636 the system.
9637
9638 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
9639 than UTC or the local timezone.
9640
9641 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
9642 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
9643 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
9644 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
9645 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
9646 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
9647 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
9648 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
9649
9650 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
9651 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
9652 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
9653 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
9654 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
9655 again.
9656
9657 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
9658 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
9659 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
9660
9661 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
9662 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
9663 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
9664 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
9665 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
9666 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
9667 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9668 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
9669 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
9670 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
9671 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
9672 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
9673 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
9674 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
9675 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
9676 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
9677 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
9678 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
9679 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
9680 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9681
9682 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
9683
9684 CHANGES WITH 234:
9685
9686 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
9687 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
9688 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
9689 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9690 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
9691 summary:
9692
9693 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
9694
9695 becomes:
9696
9697 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
9698
9699 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
9700 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
9701 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
9702 .device units.
9703
9704 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
9705 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
9706 running a systemd user instance.
9707
9708 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
9709 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
9710 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
9711 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
9712 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
9713 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
9714
9715 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
9716
9717 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
9718 (domain search list).
9719
9720 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
9721 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
9722 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
9723 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
9724 implementation of RA.
9725
9726 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
9727 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
9728 ISO date values.
9729
9730 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
9731 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
9732 devices.
9733
9734 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
9735 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
9736 option.
9737
9738 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
9739 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
9740 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
9741 default yet.
9742
9743 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
9744 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
9745 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
9746 SHA256SUMS files.
9747
9748 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
9749 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
9750
9751 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
9752
9753 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
9754
9755 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
9756 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
9757
9758 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
9759 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
9760 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
9761 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
9762
9763 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
9764 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
9765 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9766 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
9767 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
9768 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
9769 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
9770 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
9771 systemd-logind to be safe. See
9772 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
9773
9774 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
9775 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
9776 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
9777 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
9778 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
9779 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
9780 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
9781 after all the plugins exit.
9782
9783 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
9784 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
9785 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
9786 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
9787 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
9788 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
9789 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
9790 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
9791
9792 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
9793 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
9794 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
9795 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
9796 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
9797 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
9798 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
9799 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9800 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
9801 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
9802 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
9803 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
9804 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
9805 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
9806 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
9807 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9808 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
9809 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
9810 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
9811 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
9812 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
9813 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
9814 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
9815 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
9816 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
9817 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
9818 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
9819 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
9820 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
9821 Георгиевски
9822
9823 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
9824
9825 CHANGES WITH 233:
9826
9827 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
9828 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
9829 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
9830 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
9831 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
9832 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
9833 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
9834 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
9835 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
9836
9837 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
9838 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
9839 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
9840 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
9841 default selected on the configure command line
9842 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
9843 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
9844 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
9845 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
9846 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
9847 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
9848 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
9849 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
9850 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
9851 greatest stability and compatibility only.
9852
9853 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
9854 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
9855 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
9856 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
9857 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
9858 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
9859 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
9860 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
9861 further details about this.)
9862
9863 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
9864 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
9865 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
9866
9867 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
9868 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
9869
9870 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
9871 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
9872 with 'make install-tests'.
9873
9874 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
9875 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
9876 kernel.
9877
9878 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
9879 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
9880 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
9881 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
9882 by the Slice= option.
9883
9884 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
9885 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
9886 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
9887 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
9888
9889 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
9890 following choices:
9891
9892 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
9893 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
9894 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
9895 (h)elp
9896 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
9897 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
9898 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
9899 (y)es, execute the command
9900
9901 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
9902 because its meaning was confusing.
9903
9904 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
9905 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
9906
9907 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
9908 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
9909 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
9910
9911 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
9912 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
9913 state directly, without executing these commands.
9914
9915 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
9916 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
9917 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
9918
9919 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
9920 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
9921 combination with After=) have been started.
9922
9923 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
9924 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
9925 setting, and which system calls they contain.
9926
9927 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
9928 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
9929 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
9930 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
9931 configuration related calls.
9932
9933 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
9934 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
9935 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
9936 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
9937 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
9938 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
9939 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
9940
9941 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
9942 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
9943
9944 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
9945 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
9946 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
9947
9948 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
9949 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
9950
9951 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
9952 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
9953 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
9954 for compatibility.
9955
9956 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
9957 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
9958
9959 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
9960 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
9961
9962 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
9963 support for negative matching.
9964
9965 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
9966
9967 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
9968 permitted runtime of the mount command.
9969
9970 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
9971 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
9972 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
9973 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
9974 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
9975 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
9976 removed from the drive.
9977
9978 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
9979 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
9980
9981 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
9982 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
9983
9984 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
9985 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
9986 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
9987
9988 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
9989 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
9990 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
9991 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
9992 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
9993 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
9994 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
9995
9996 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
9997 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
9998 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
9999 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
10000 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
10001 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
10002
10003 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
10004 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
10005
10006 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
10007 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
10008 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
10009 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
10010 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
10011 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
10012 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
10013 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
10014
10015 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
10016 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
10017 including all control processes.
10018
10019 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
10020 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
10021 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
10022
10023 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10024 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
10025 prefixing the source path with "+".
10026
10027 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10028 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
10029 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
10030 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
10031 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
10032 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
10033 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
10034 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
10035
10036 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
10037 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
10038 before).
10039
10040 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
10041 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
10042 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
10043 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
10044 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
10045 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
10046 the new --root-hash= command line option).
10047
10048 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
10049 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
10050 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
10051 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
10052 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
10053 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
10054 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
10055 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
10056 versions.
10057
10058 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
10059 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
10060 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
10061 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
10062 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
10063 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
10064 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
10065 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
10066 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
10067 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
10068 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
10069 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
10070 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
10071 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
10072 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
10073 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
10074 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
10075 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
10076 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
10077 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
10078 a Verity-enabled root partition.
10079
10080 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
10081 accelerometer quirks.
10082
10083 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
10084 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
10085 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
10086 ID of each service.
10087
10088 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
10089 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
10090 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
10091 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
10092 view.
10093
10094 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
10095 environment variables:
10096
10097 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
10098
10099 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
10100 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
10101 address.
10102
10103 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
10104 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
10105 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
10106
10107 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
10108 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
10109 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
10110 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
10111 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
10112 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
10113 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
10114 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
10115 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
10116 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
10117 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
10118 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
10119 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
10120
10121 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
10122 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
10123 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
10124
10125 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
10126 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
10127
10128 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
10129 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
10130 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
10131 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
10132 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
10133
10134 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
10135 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
10136 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
10137
10138 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
10139 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
10140
10141 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
10142 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
10143 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
10144 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
10145
10146 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
10147 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
10148 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
10149 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
10150 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
10151 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
10152 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
10153 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
10154 possibly even including full integrity data.
10155
10156 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
10157 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
10158 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
10159 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
10160 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
10161
10162 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
10163 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
10164 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
10165 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
10166 directly with systemd-nspawn.
10167
10168 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
10169 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
10170 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
10171 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
10172
10173 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
10174 of coredumps in reverse order.
10175
10176 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
10177 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
10178 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
10179 additional informational message in its output.
10180
10181 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
10182 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
10183 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
10184
10185 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
10186 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
10187 scripting languages such as Python.
10188
10189 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
10190 namespacing is enabled for them.
10191
10192 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
10193 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
10194 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
10195 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
10196 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
10197 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
10198
10199 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
10200 root key (KSK).
10201
10202 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
10203 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
10204 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
10205
10206 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
10207 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
10208 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
10209 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
10210 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
10211 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
10212 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
10213 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
10214 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
10215 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
10216 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
10217 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
10218 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
10219 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
10220 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
10221 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
10222 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
10223 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
10224 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
10225 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
10226 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
10227 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
10228 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
10229 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
10230 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
10231 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
10232 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
10233 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
10234 Тихонов
10235
10236 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
10237
10238 CHANGES WITH 232:
10239
10240 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
10241 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
10242 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
10243 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
10244 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
10245 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
10246
10247 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
10248 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
10249
10250 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
10251 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
10252 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
10253
10254 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
10255 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
10256 to be remounted read-only for a service.
10257
10258 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
10259 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
10260 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
10261 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
10262
10263 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
10264 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
10265
10266 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
10267 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
10268 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
10269
10270 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
10271 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
10272 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
10273 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
10274 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
10275 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
10276 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
10277 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
10278 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
10279 permanent modifications to the system.
10280
10281 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
10282 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
10283 container or chroot environments.
10284
10285 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
10286 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
10287 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
10288 mapped to nobody.
10289
10290 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
10291 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
10292 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
10293 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
10294
10295 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
10296 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
10297
10298 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
10299 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
10300 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
10301 and the support is provisional.
10302
10303 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
10304 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
10305 unit files in the file system).
10306
10307 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
10308 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
10309 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
10310 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
10311 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
10312 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
10313 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
10314 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
10315 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
10316 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
10317 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
10318 state is fixed automatically.
10319
10320 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
10321 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
10322 option.
10323
10324 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
10325 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
10326 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
10327 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
10328 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
10329 else.
10330
10331 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
10332 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
10333 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
10334 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
10335 bootable on physical systems.
10336
10337 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
10338
10339 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
10340 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
10341 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
10342 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
10343 used.
10344
10345 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
10346 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
10347 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
10348 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
10349
10350 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
10351
10352 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
10353 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
10354 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
10355 of the container).
10356
10357 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
10358 files from the specified location.
10359
10360 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
10361 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
10362 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
10363 be active.
10364
10365 * The hardware database has been extended to support
10366 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
10367 trackball devices.
10368
10369 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
10370 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
10371 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
10372
10373 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
10374 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
10375 specified service binary exited.)
10376
10377 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
10378 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
10379
10380 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
10381 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
10382 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
10383 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
10384 --since= and --until= options.
10385
10386 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
10387 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
10388 are automatically propagated to the container.
10389
10390 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
10391 from a single IP address can be limited with
10392 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
10393 MaxConnections=.
10394
10395 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
10396 configuration.
10397
10398 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
10399 drop-ins.
10400
10401 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
10402 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
10403 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
10404 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
10405 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
10406 [Link] section of .link files.
10407
10408 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
10409 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
10410 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
10411 section of .netdev files.
10412
10413 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
10414 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
10415 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
10416
10417 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
10418 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
10419 .network files.
10420
10421 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
10422 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
10423 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
10424 service runtime cycle.
10425
10426 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
10427 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
10428 has been traditionally doing.
10429
10430 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
10431 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
10432 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
10433 prevent any later plugins from running.
10434
10435 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
10436 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
10437 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
10438 default of SplitMode=uid.
10439
10440 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
10441 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
10442 useful.
10443
10444 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
10445 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
10446 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
10447 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
10448 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
10449 individual namespaces.
10450
10451 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
10452 the output, as well as OS release information.
10453
10454 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
10455
10456 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
10457 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
10458 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
10459 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
10460 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
10461
10462 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
10463 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
10464 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
10465 severed.
10466
10467 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
10468 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
10469 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
10470 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
10471 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
10472 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
10473 information about exit statuses and results.
10474
10475 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
10476 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
10477 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
10478 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
10479 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
10480 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
10481
10482 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
10483
10484 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
10485 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
10486 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
10487 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
10488 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
10489 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
10490 entirely.
10491
10492 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
10493 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
10494 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
10495
10496 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
10497 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
10498 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
10499 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
10500 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
10501 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
10502 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
10503 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
10504 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
10505 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
10506 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
10507 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
10508 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
10509 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
10510 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
10511 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
10512 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
10513
10514 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
10515 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
10516 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
10517 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
10518
10519 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
10520 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
10521 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
10522 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
10523
10524 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
10525 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
10526 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
10527 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
10528 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
10529 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
10530 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
10531 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
10532 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
10533 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
10534 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
10535 fragment entirely.)
10536
10537 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
10538 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
10539 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
10540
10541 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
10542 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
10543 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
10544 FileDescriptorName= setting.
10545
10546 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
10547 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
10548 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
10549 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
10550 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
10551 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
10552
10553 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
10554 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
10555
10556 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
10557 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
10558
10559 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
10560 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
10561 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
10562 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
10563 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
10564
10565 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
10566 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
10567 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
10568 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10569 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
10570 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
10571 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
10572 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
10573 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
10574 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
10575 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
10576 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
10577 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
10578 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
10579 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10580 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
10581 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
10582 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
10583 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
10584 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
10585 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
10586 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
10587 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
10588 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
10589 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10590 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
10591
10592 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
10593
10594 CHANGES WITH 231:
10595
10596 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
10597 with an additional special character as first argument of the
10598 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
10599 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
10600 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
10601 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
10602 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
10603 independently.
10604
10605 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
10606 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
10607
10608 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
10609 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
10610 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
10611 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
10612 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
10613 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
10614 values.
10615
10616 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
10617 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
10618 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
10619 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
10620 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
10621
10622 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
10623 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
10624 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
10625 7:10am every day.
10626
10627 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
10628 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
10629 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
10630 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
10631 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
10632 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
10633 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
10634 available for compatibility.
10635
10636 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
10637 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
10638 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
10639 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
10640 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
10641 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
10642
10643 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
10644 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
10645 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
10646 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
10647 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
10648 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
10649 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
10650 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
10651 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
10652
10653 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
10654 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
10655 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
10656 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
10657 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
10658 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
10659 desired options.
10660
10661 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
10662 cgroup v2.
10663
10664 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
10665 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
10666 limited to subgroups of that group.
10667
10668 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
10669 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
10670 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
10671 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
10672 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
10673 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
10674 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
10675 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
10676
10677 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
10678 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
10679 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
10680 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
10681 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
10682 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
10683 own long-running services.
10684
10685 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
10686 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
10687 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
10688 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
10689
10690 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
10691 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
10692 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
10693 propagates this notification further to the service manager
10694 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
10695 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
10696 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
10697 primitives.
10698
10699 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
10700 "terminate".
10701
10702 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
10703 link-local IPv6 addresses.
10704
10705 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
10706 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
10707 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
10708 --flush-caches".
10709
10710 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
10711 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
10712 is shown.
10713
10714 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
10715 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
10716 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
10717 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
10718 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
10719 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
10720
10721 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
10722 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
10723 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
10724 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
10725 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
10726 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
10727 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
10728 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
10729 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
10730 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
10731 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
10732 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
10733 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
10734 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
10735 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
10736 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
10737 bus API instead.
10738
10739 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
10740 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
10741 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
10742 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
10743
10744 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
10745 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
10746 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
10747 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
10748
10749 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
10750 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
10751 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
10752
10753 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
10754 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
10755
10756 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
10757 interface configuration.
10758
10759 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
10760 specifying the --force switch.
10761
10762 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
10763 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
10764 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
10765
10766 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
10767 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
10768 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
10769 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
10770 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
10771 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
10772 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
10773 to be handled.
10774
10775 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
10776 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
10777
10778 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
10779 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
10780
10781 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
10782 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
10783 of persistent symlinks for that device.
10784
10785 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
10786 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
10787
10788 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
10789 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
10790 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
10791 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
10792 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
10793 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
10794 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
10795 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
10796 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
10797 library.
10798
10799 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
10800 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
10801 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
10802 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
10803 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
10804 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
10805 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
10806 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
10807 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
10808 doc/HACKING for details.
10809
10810 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
10811 distribution's bugtracker.
10812
10813 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
10814 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
10815 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
10816 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
10817 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
10818 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
10819 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
10820 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
10821 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
10822 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
10823 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
10824 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
10825 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
10826 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
10827 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
10828 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
10829 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
10830 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
10831 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10832
10833 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
10834
10835 CHANGES WITH 230:
10836
10837 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
10838 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
10839 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
10840 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
10841 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
10842 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
10843 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
10844 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
10845 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
10846 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
10847 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
10848 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
10849 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
10850 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
10851 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
10852 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
10853 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
10854 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
10855 applications.)
10856
10857 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
10858 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
10859 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
10860
10861 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
10862 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
10863 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
10864 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
10865 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
10866 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
10867 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
10868
10869 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
10870 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
10871 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
10872 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
10873 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
10874 command works for tmux.
10875
10876 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
10877 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
10878 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
10879 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
10880 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
10881 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
10882
10883 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
10884 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
10885
10886 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
10887 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
10888 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
10889
10890 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
10891
10892 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
10893 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
10894 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
10895 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
10896 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
10897
10898 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
10899 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
10900 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
10901 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
10902
10903 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
10904 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
10905 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
10906 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
10907 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
10908 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
10909
10910 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
10911 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
10912 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
10913
10914 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
10915 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
10916 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
10917 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
10918 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
10919 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
10920
10921 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
10922 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
10923 address.
10924
10925 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
10926 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
10927 should be emitted.
10928
10929 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
10930 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
10931 supported.
10932
10933 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
10934 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
10935 logging performance.
10936
10937 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10938 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
10939 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
10940 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
10941 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
10942 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
10943
10944 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
10945 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
10946 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
10947 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
10948
10949 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
10950 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
10951
10952 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
10953 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
10954 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
10955
10956 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
10957
10958 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
10959 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
10960 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
10961 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
10962
10963 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
10964 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
10965 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
10966 refuse to operate on such files.
10967
10968 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
10969 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
10970 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
10971
10972 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
10973 just hidden container images.
10974
10975 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
10976 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
10977
10978 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
10979 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
10980 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
10981 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
10982 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
10983 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
10984 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
10985 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
10986 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
10987 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
10988 been changed to use this functionality by default.
10989
10990 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
10991 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
10992 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
10993 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
10994 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
10995 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
10996 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
10997 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
10998 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
10999 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
11000 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
11001 terminates.
11002
11003 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
11004 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
11005 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
11006 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
11007
11008 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
11009 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
11010 rate of the socket unit.
11011
11012 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
11013 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
11014 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
11015 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
11016 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
11017
11018 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
11019 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
11020 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
11021 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
11022 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
11023 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
11024 with this.
11025
11026 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
11027 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
11028
11029 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
11030 merged into the kernel in its current form.
11031
11032 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
11033 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
11034 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
11035 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
11036 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
11037
11038 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
11039 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
11040 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
11041
11042 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
11043 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
11044 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
11045 target is now included in early userspace.
11046
11047 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
11048 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
11049 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
11050 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
11051 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
11052 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
11053 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
11054 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
11055 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
11056 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
11057 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
11058 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
11059 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
11060 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
11061 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
11062 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
11063 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
11064 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
11065 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
11066 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
11067 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
11068 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
11069 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
11070 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
11071 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
11072 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11073
11074 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
11075
11076 CHANGES WITH 229:
11077
11078 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
11079 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
11080 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
11081 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
11082 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
11083 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
11084 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
11085 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
11086 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
11087 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
11088 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
11089 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
11090 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
11091
11092 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
11093 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
11094 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
11095 /usr/bin.
11096
11097 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
11098 devices.
11099
11100 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
11101 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
11102 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
11103 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
11104 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
11105 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
11106 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
11107 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
11108 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
11109 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
11110 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
11111 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
11112 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
11113 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
11114 this limit.
11115
11116 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
11117 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
11118 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
11119 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
11120 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
11121 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
11122 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
11123 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
11124
11125 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
11126 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
11127 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
11128 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
11129 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
11130 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
11131 and group at package installation time.
11132
11133 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
11134 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
11135 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
11136 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
11137 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
11138
11139 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
11140 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
11141 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
11142 supports it.
11143
11144 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
11145 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
11146
11147 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
11148 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
11149 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
11150 file is already initialized.
11151
11152 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
11153 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
11154 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
11155 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
11156 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
11157 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
11158 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
11159 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
11160 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
11161
11162 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
11163 working directory for the process started in the container.
11164
11165 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
11166 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
11167 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
11168 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
11169 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
11170
11171 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
11172 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
11173 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
11174
11175 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
11176 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
11177 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
11178 sd_journal_restart_fields().
11179
11180 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
11181 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
11182 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
11183 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
11184 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
11185
11186 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
11187 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
11188 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
11189 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
11190
11191 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
11192 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
11193 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
11194 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
11195 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
11196 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
11197 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
11198 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
11199 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
11200 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
11201 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
11202 by PID 1.
11203
11204 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
11205 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
11206 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
11207 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
11208 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
11209 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
11210 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
11211 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
11212
11213 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
11214
11215 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
11216 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
11217 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
11218
11219 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
11220 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
11221 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
11222 recent kernels.
11223
11224 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
11225 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
11226
11227 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
11228 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
11229 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
11230 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
11231 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
11232 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
11233 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
11234 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
11235 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
11236 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
11237 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
11238 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
11239 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
11240
11241 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
11242 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
11243 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
11244 clusters or larger setups.
11245
11246 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
11247
11248 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
11249 sockets.
11250
11251 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
11252
11253 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
11254 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
11255 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
11256 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
11257 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
11258 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
11259
11260 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
11261 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
11262 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
11263
11264 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
11265 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
11266 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
11267 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
11268
11269 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
11270
11271 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
11272 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
11273 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
11274 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
11275 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
11276 maintain compatibility.
11277
11278 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
11279 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
11280 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
11281 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
11282 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
11283 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
11284 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
11285 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
11286 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
11287 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
11288 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
11289 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11290 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
11291 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
11292 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
11293 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
11294 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11295 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
11296 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11297
11298 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
11299
11300 CHANGES WITH 228:
11301
11302 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
11303 files are now also available as properties to set when
11304 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
11305 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
11306 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
11307 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
11308 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
11309 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
11310 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
11311
11312 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
11313 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
11314 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
11315
11316 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
11317 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
11318 created transiently.
11319
11320 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
11321 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
11322 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
11323 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
11324 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
11325 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
11326 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
11327 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
11328
11329 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
11330 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
11331 disk and sync the files, before returning.
11332
11333 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
11334 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
11335 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
11336 enabled.
11337
11338 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
11339 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
11340 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
11341 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
11342 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
11343 subvolumes.
11344
11345 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
11346 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
11347
11348 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
11349 individual indexes.
11350
11351 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
11352 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
11353 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
11354 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
11355 now.
11356
11357 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
11358 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
11359 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
11360 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
11361 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
11362 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
11363 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
11364 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
11365 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
11366 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
11367 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
11368 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
11369 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
11370 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
11371 number of processes or tasks each user may own
11372 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
11373 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
11374 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
11375 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
11376 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
11377 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
11378
11379 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
11380 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
11381 links between the host and the container.
11382
11383 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
11384 added that allows importing select environment variables
11385 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
11386 the service.
11387
11388 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
11389 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
11390 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
11391 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
11392 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
11393 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
11394 than until they first elapse.
11395
11396 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
11397 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
11398 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
11399 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
11400 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
11401 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
11402 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
11403 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
11404
11405 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
11406 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
11407 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
11408 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
11409 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
11410 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
11411 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
11412 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
11413 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
11414 journal and in coredump handling.
11415
11416 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
11417 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
11418 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
11419 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
11420 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
11421 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
11422 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
11423 software you package still references it, as this is a
11424 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
11425 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
11426
11427 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
11428
11429 Note that only util-linux versions built with
11430 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
11431
11432 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
11433 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
11434 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
11435
11436 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
11437 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
11438 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
11439 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
11440 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
11441 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
11442 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
11443 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
11444 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
11445 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
11446 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
11447 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
11448 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
11449 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
11450 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
11451 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
11452
11453 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
11454 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
11455 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
11456 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
11457 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
11458 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
11459 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
11460 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
11461 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
11462 surprises.
11463
11464 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
11465 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
11466 to the various user database fields of the user that the
11467 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
11468 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
11469 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
11470 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
11471 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
11472 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
11473 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
11474 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
11475 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
11476 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
11477 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
11478 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
11479 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
11480 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
11481 of PID 1 is the root user).
11482
11483 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
11484 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
11485 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11486 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
11487 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
11488 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
11489 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11490 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
11491 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
11492 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
11493 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
11494 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
11495 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11496 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
11497 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11498
11499 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
11500
11501 CHANGES WITH 227:
11502
11503 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
11504 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
11505 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
11506
11507 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
11508 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
11509 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
11510 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
11511 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
11512 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
11513
11514 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
11515 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
11516 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
11517 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
11518 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
11519
11520 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
11521 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
11522 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
11523 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
11524 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
11525 packets on unestablished sockets.
11526
11527 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
11528 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
11529 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
11530 automatically.
11531
11532 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
11533 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
11534 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
11535
11536 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
11537 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
11538 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
11539 for disk IO.
11540
11541 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
11542 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
11543 removed.
11544
11545 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
11546 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
11547 directory is set to the home directory of the user
11548 configured in User=.
11549
11550 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
11551 directory of the selected user by default.
11552
11553 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
11554 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
11555 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
11556 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
11557 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
11558 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
11559 compat reasons.
11560
11561 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
11562 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
11563 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
11564 units.
11565
11566 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
11567 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
11568 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
11569 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
11570 level.
11571
11572 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
11573 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
11574 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
11575 namespaces work correctly.
11576
11577 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
11578 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
11579 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
11580 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
11581 activation.
11582
11583 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
11584 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
11585 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
11586 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
11587 system instance in a container.
11588
11589 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
11590 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
11591 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
11592 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
11593 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
11594 connections.
11595
11596 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
11597 show the control groups within a certain container only.
11598
11599 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
11600 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
11601 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
11602 processes attached, or similar.
11603
11604 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
11605 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
11606 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
11607
11608 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
11609 specifiers like %i or %f.
11610
11611 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
11612 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
11613 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
11614 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
11615
11616 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
11617 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
11618 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
11619 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
11620 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
11621 descriptors using sd_notify().
11622
11623 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
11624
11625 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
11626 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
11627
11628 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
11629 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
11630
11631 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
11632 .network files.
11633
11634 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
11635 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
11636 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
11637 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
11638 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
11639 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
11640 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
11641 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
11642 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
11643 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
11644 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
11645 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
11646 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
11647 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
11648 gdm-autologin is used.
11649
11650 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
11651 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
11652 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
11653 next to the image file.
11654
11655 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
11656 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
11657 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
11658 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
11659
11660 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
11661 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
11662 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
11663 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
11664 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
11665 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
11666
11667 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
11668 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
11669 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
11670 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
11671 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
11672 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
11673 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
11674 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
11675 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
11676 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
11677 number of files in place.
11678
11679 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
11680 on kernels where that is supported.
11681
11682 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
11683
11684 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
11685 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
11686 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
11687 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11688 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
11689 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
11690 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
11691 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
11692 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
11693 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
11694 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
11695 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11696 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
11697 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
11698 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
11699 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11700 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
11701 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
11702
11703 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
11704
11705 CHANGES WITH 226:
11706
11707 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
11708 new features:
11709
11710 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
11711 information. It may be enabled and configured via
11712 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
11713 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
11714 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
11715 is any) is propagated.
11716
11717 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
11718 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
11719 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
11720 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
11721 information is enabled between host and containers by
11722 default now: the container will change its local timezone
11723 to what the host has set.
11724
11725 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
11726 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
11727
11728 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
11729 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
11730 information back, even if the server loses state.
11731
11732 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
11733 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
11734 PoolSize=.
11735
11736 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
11737 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
11738 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
11739 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
11740
11741 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
11742 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
11743 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
11744 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
11745 'dbus-daemon' systems.
11746
11747 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
11748 for virtio devices.
11749
11750 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
11751 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
11752 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
11753 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
11754 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
11755 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
11756 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
11757 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
11758 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
11759 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
11760 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
11761 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
11762 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
11763 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
11764 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
11765 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
11766 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
11767 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
11768 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
11769 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
11770 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
11771 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
11772 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
11773 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
11774 grants them.
11775
11776 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
11777 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
11778 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
11779 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
11780 group tree.
11781
11782 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
11783 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
11784 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
11785 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
11786 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
11787 work correctly in containers now.
11788
11789 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
11790 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
11791
11792 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
11793 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
11794 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
11795 function call is particularly useful when implementing
11796 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
11797
11798 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
11799 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
11800 signal events.
11801
11802 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
11803 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
11804 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
11805 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
11806
11807 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
11808 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
11809 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
11810 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
11811 nspawn command line.
11812
11813 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
11814 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
11815 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
11816 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
11817 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
11818 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
11819 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11820 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
11821
11822 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
11823
11824 CHANGES WITH 225:
11825
11826 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
11827 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
11828 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
11829 shell directly without prompting for username or
11830 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
11831 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
11832 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
11833 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
11834 the originating session.
11835
11836 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
11837 options and allows other programs to query the values.
11838
11839 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
11840 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
11841 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
11842 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
11843 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
11844 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
11845 probably not stabilize on this release.
11846
11847 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
11848 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
11849 messages.
11850
11851 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
11852 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
11853 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
11854
11855 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
11856 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
11857
11858 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
11859 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
11860 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
11861 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
11862 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
11863 posteriori.
11864
11865 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
11866 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
11867
11868 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
11869 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
11870 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
11871 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
11872 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
11873 "lastlog" tools.
11874
11875 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
11876 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
11877 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
11878 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
11879 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
11880
11881 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
11882 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
11883 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
11884 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11885 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
11886 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
11887 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
11888 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
11889 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
11890 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
11891 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
11892 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11893
11894 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
11895
11896 CHANGES WITH 224:
11897
11898 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
11899 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
11900
11901 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
11902 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
11903 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
11904
11905 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
11906 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11907 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
11908
11909 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11910
11911 CHANGES WITH 223:
11912
11913 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
11914 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
11915 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
11916 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11917
11918 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
11919 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
11920
11921 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
11922 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
11923
11924 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
11925
11926 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
11927 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
11928 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
11929
11930 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
11931 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
11932 decapsulated packet.
11933
11934 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
11935 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
11936 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
11937 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
11938 netlink attribute.
11939
11940 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
11941 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
11942 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
11943 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
11944
11945 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
11946 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
11947 according to RFC2460.
11948
11949 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
11950 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
11951
11952 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
11953 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
11954 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
11955
11956 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
11957 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
11958 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
11959 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
11960 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
11961 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
11962
11963 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
11964 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11965 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
11966 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11967 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11968 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
11969 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
11970 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
11971 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
11972 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11973
11974 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
11975
11976 CHANGES WITH 222:
11977
11978 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
11979 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
11980 or should be used to work around such bugs.
11981
11982 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
11983 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
11984
11985 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
11986 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
11987 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
11988 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
11989 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
11990
11991 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
11992 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
11993 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
11994
11995 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
11996 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
11997 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
11998 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
11999 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
12000
12001 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
12002
12003 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
12004 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
12005 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
12006 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
12007 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
12008 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12009 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
12010 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
12011 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12012 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12013
12014 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
12015
12016 CHANGES WITH 221:
12017
12018 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
12019 stable and have been added to the official interface of
12020 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
12021 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
12022 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
12023 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
12024 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
12025 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
12026 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
12027 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
12028 portable to other kernels.
12029
12030 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
12031 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
12032 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
12033 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
12034 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
12035 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
12036 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
12037 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
12038 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
12039 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
12040 systemd enabled.
12041
12042 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
12043 2.26.
12044
12045 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
12046 favor of calling an abstraction tool
12047 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
12048 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
12049 in README for details.
12050
12051 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
12052 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
12053 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
12054 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
12055 unit.
12056
12057 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
12058 into man pages.
12059
12060 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
12061 external project.
12062
12063 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
12064 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
12065
12066 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
12067 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
12068 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
12069 state.
12070
12071 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
12072 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
12073 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
12074
12075 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
12076 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
12077 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
12078 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
12079 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
12080 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
12081 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
12082 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
12083 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
12084 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
12085 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
12086 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
12087 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
12088 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12089 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
12090 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12091
12092 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
12093
12094 CHANGES WITH 220:
12095
12096 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
12097 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
12098 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
12099 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
12100 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
12101 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
12102 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
12103 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
12104
12105 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
12106 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
12107 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
12108 service consumed). This value is only available if
12109 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
12110 in the "systemctl status" output.
12111
12112 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
12113 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
12114 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
12115 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
12116 previously was already the default behaviour).
12117
12118 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
12119 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
12120 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
12121
12122 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
12123 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
12124 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
12125 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
12126
12127 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
12128 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
12129 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
12130 journaling file systems that support external journal
12131 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
12132 systems to be mounted.
12133
12134 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
12135 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
12136 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
12137 stable release this should not be problematic.
12138
12139 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
12140 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
12141 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
12142 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
12143 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
12144
12145 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
12146 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
12147 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
12148 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
12149 network switches.
12150
12151 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
12152 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
12153
12154 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
12155 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
12156 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
12157
12158 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
12159
12160 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
12161 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
12162 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
12163 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
12164 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
12165 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
12166 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
12167 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
12168 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
12169 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
12170 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
12171 been fixed in v220.
12172
12173 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
12174 systemd-networkd.
12175
12176 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
12177 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
12178 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
12179 containers started from the command line.
12180
12181 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
12182 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
12183
12184 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
12185 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
12186 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
12187 indirection via a pseudo tty.
12188
12189 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
12190 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
12191 when shutting down.
12192
12193 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
12194 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
12195 overlayfs support.
12196
12197 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
12198 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
12199 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
12200 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
12201 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
12202 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
12203 images are imported via systemd-importd.
12204
12205 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
12206 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
12207 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
12208
12209 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
12210 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
12211 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
12212 of v1 as before).
12213
12214 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
12215 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
12216
12217 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
12218 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
12219 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
12220 without further privileges or authorization.
12221
12222 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
12223 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
12224 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
12225 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
12226 accessible via a bus interface.
12227
12228 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
12229 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
12230 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
12231 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
12232 to cover this functionality.
12233
12234 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
12235 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
12236 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
12237 disabled/masked also stopped.
12238
12239 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
12240 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
12241 updated to support systemd-boot.
12242
12243 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
12244 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
12245 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
12246 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
12247 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
12248 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
12249 like this and can extract OS release information from them
12250 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
12251 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
12252
12253 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
12254 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
12255 system.
12256
12257 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
12258 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
12259 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
12260 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
12261
12262 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
12263 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
12264 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
12265 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
12266
12267 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
12268 stick devices has been added.
12269
12270 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
12271 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
12272
12273 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
12274 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
12275 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
12276 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
12277 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
12278
12279 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
12280 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
12281 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
12282
12283 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
12284 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
12285 Debian.
12286
12287 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
12288 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
12289 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
12290
12291 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
12292 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
12293 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
12294 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
12295 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
12296 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
12297 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
12298 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
12299 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
12300 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
12301 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
12302 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
12303 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
12304 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
12305 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
12306 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
12307 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
12308 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12309 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
12310 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
12311 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
12312 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
12313 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
12314 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
12315 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
12316 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
12317 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12318
12319 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
12320
12321 CHANGES WITH 219:
12322
12323 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
12324 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
12325 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
12326 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
12327 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
12328 interface with and update the database.
12329
12330 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
12331 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
12332 before bytewise copying is done.
12333
12334 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
12335 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
12336 directory, and immediately removed when the container
12337 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
12338 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
12339 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
12340 for starting a container off the root file system of the
12341 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
12342 available on btrfs file systems.
12343
12344 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
12345 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
12346 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
12347 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
12348 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
12349 systems.
12350
12351 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
12352 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
12353 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
12354 mount point remains.
12355
12356 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
12357 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
12358 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
12359 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
12360 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
12361 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
12362 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
12363 are disabled.
12364
12365 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
12366 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
12367 container to the host or vice versa.
12368
12369 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
12370 mount host directories into local containers. This is
12371 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
12372
12373 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
12374 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
12375
12376 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
12377 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
12378 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
12379 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
12380 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
12381 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
12382 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
12383 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
12384 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
12385 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
12386 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
12387 make the functionality of importd available to the
12388 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
12389 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
12390 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
12391 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
12392 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
12393 only fully supported on btrfs.
12394
12395 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
12396 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
12397 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
12398 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
12399 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
12400 information about images.
12401
12402 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
12403 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
12404 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
12405 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
12406 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
12407 legacy file systems).
12408
12409 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
12410 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
12411 shown in networkctl output.
12412
12413 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
12414 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
12415 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
12416 processes as system services while interactively
12417 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
12418 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
12419 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
12420 full login session, the difference being that the former
12421 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
12422 setup.
12423
12424 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
12425 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
12426 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
12427 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
12428 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
12429
12430 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
12431 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
12432 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
12433 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
12434 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
12435 via qemu/kvm.
12436
12437 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
12438 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
12439 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
12440 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
12441 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
12442 disk images, too.
12443
12444 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
12445 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
12446 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
12447 integrate with that.
12448
12449 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
12450 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
12451 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
12452 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
12453
12454 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
12455 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
12456 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
12457
12458 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
12459 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
12460 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
12461 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
12462 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
12463 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
12464 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
12465 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
12466 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
12467 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
12468
12469 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
12470 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
12471 files.
12472
12473 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
12474 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
12475 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
12476 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
12477 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
12478 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
12479 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
12480 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
12481 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
12482 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
12483 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
12484 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
12485 explicitly turned on.
12486
12487 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
12488 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
12489 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
12490 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
12491
12492 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
12493 supported.
12494
12495 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
12496 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
12497 user/session following the status output. Similar,
12498 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
12499 associated with a virtual machine or container
12500 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
12501 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
12502 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
12503 output however.)
12504
12505 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
12506 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
12507 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
12508 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
12509 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
12510 caller's session/user.
12511
12512 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
12513 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
12514 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
12515 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
12516 user services.
12517
12518 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
12519 same way as unit files.
12520
12521 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
12522 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
12523 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
12524 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
12525 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
12526 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
12527 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
12528 the host.
12529
12530 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
12531 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
12532 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
12533 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
12534 the host as if their services were running directly on the
12535 host.
12536
12537 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
12538 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
12539 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
12540 updated to make use of it too by default.
12541
12542 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
12543 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
12544 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
12545 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
12546
12547 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
12548 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
12549 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
12550 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
12551 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
12552 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
12553 modification.
12554
12555 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
12556 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
12557 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
12558 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
12559 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
12560 information about Touchpad types.
12561
12562 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
12563 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
12564
12565 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
12566 Policy link field.
12567
12568 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
12569 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
12570
12571 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
12572 ACLs on files.
12573
12574 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
12575 tmpfs, automatically.
12576
12577 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
12578 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
12579 status" output, if available.
12580
12581 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
12582 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
12583 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
12584 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
12585 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
12586 run on next reboot.
12587
12588 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
12589 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
12590 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
12591 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
12592 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
12593 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
12594 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
12595
12596 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
12597 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
12598 after a configurable timeout.
12599
12600 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
12601 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
12602 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
12603 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
12604 it non-idle.
12605
12606 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
12607 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
12608
12609 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
12610 each .network interface in networkd.
12611
12612 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
12613 in .network files.
12614
12615 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
12616 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
12617
12618 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
12619 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
12620 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
12621 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
12622 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
12623 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
12624 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
12625 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
12626 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
12627 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
12628 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
12629 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12630 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
12631 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
12632 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
12633 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
12634 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
12635 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
12636 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
12637 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
12638 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
12639 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
12640 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
12641 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12642
12643 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
12644
12645 CHANGES WITH 218:
12646
12647 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
12648 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
12649 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
12650 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
12651
12652 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
12653 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
12654 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
12655 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
12656 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
12657
12658 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
12659
12660 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
12661 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
12662 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
12663 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
12664 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
12665 modified configuration after editing.
12666
12667 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
12668 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
12669 system preset files.
12670
12671 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
12672 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
12673 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
12674 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
12675 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
12676 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
12677 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
12678 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
12679 other contexts.
12680
12681 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
12682 inhibitors.
12683
12684 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
12685 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
12686 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
12687 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
12688 managers.
12689
12690 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
12691 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
12692 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
12693 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
12694 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
12695 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
12696 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
12697 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
12698 parallel to journald.
12699
12700 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
12701 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
12702 available.
12703
12704 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
12705 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
12706 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
12707 or are not older than the specified time.
12708
12709 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
12710 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
12711 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
12712 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
12713
12714 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
12715 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
12716 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
12717 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
12718 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
12719 communication.
12720
12721 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
12722 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
12723 services.
12724
12725 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
12726 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
12727 including their signature and values. This is particularly
12728 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
12729 the new "busctl tree" command.
12730
12731 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
12732 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
12733 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
12734 friendly way.
12735
12736 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
12737 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
12738 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
12739 race-ful way.
12740
12741 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
12742 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
12743 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
12744 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
12745 --link-journal=try-guest.
12746
12747 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
12748 stable MAC addresses.
12749
12750 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
12751 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
12752 the respective unit shall use.
12753
12754 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
12755 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
12756 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
12757 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
12758
12759 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
12760 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
12761 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
12762 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
12763 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
12764 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
12765
12766 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
12767 details see:
12768
12769 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
12770
12771 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
12772 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
12773 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
12774 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
12775 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
12776 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
12777 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
12778 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
12779 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
12780 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
12781 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
12782 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
12783
12784 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
12785 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
12786 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
12787 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
12788 bluetooth, …) is used.
12789
12790 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
12791 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
12792 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
12793 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
12794 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
12795 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
12796 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
12797 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
12798
12799 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
12800 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
12801 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
12802 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
12803 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
12804 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
12805 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
12806 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
12807 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
12808 interface.
12809
12810 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
12811 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
12812 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
12813 luks.name= argument.
12814
12815 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
12816 (this was previously already available for scope and service
12817 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
12818 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
12819 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
12820 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
12821
12822 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
12823 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
12824 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
12825
12826 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
12827 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
12828 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
12829 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
12830 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
12831 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
12832 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
12833 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12834 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
12835 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
12836 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
12837 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
12838 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
12839 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
12840 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
12841 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12842 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
12843 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12844
12845 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
12846
12847 CHANGES WITH 217:
12848
12849 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
12850 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
12851 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
12852 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
12853
12854 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
12855 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
12856 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
12857 now waits until the operation is complete.
12858
12859 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
12860 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
12861 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
12862 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
12863 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
12864 connection.
12865
12866 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
12867 commands anymore.
12868
12869 * User units are now loaded also from
12870 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
12871 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
12872 supported, but is under the control of the user.
12873
12874 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
12875 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
12876 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
12877 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
12878 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
12879 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
12880 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
12881 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
12882 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
12883 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
12884 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
12885 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
12886 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
12887 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
12888 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
12889 question.
12890
12891 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
12892 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
12893 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
12894
12895 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
12896 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
12897 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
12898 command line to trigger resume.
12899
12900 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
12901 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
12902 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
12903 Desktop=systemd-console.
12904
12905 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
12906 systemd-networkd.
12907
12908 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
12909 from the information provided by the networking stack
12910 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
12911
12912 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
12913 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
12914
12915 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
12916 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
12917 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
12918
12919 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
12920
12921 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
12922 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
12923 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
12924 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
12925 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
12926 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
12927
12928 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
12929 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
12930 respected.
12931
12932 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
12933 virtualization.
12934
12935 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
12936 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
12937 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
12938 on.
12939
12940 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
12941
12942 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
12943
12944 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
12945 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
12946 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
12947 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
12948 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
12949 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
12950 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
12951
12952 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
12953 available for service units, that allows locking all service
12954 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
12955 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
12956 from the service's view entirely.
12957
12958 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
12959 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
12960
12961 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
12962 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
12963 session.
12964
12965 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
12966 legacy-free systems.
12967
12968 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
12969 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
12970 easily.
12971
12972 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
12973 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
12974 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
12975 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
12976 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
12977 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
12978 option.
12979
12980 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
12981 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
12982 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
12983 /usr.
12984
12985 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
12986 services, not only the main process.
12987
12988 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
12989 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
12990 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
12991 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
12992 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
12993
12994 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
12995 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
12996 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
12997 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
12998 directly from now on, again.
12999
13000 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
13001 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
13002 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
13003 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
13004 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
13005 enabling and disabling.
13006
13007 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
13008 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
13009 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
13010 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
13011 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
13012 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
13013 unnecessary or unlikely.
13014
13015 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
13016 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
13017 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
13018 "annually", "hourly", …).
13019
13020 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
13021 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
13022 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
13023 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
13024 overwritten at runtime.
13025
13026 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
13027 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
13028 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
13029 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
13030 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
13031 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
13032 segmentation fault.
13033
13034 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
13035 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
13036 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13037 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
13038 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
13039 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
13040 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
13041 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
13042 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
13043 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
13044 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13045 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
13046 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
13047 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
13048 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
13049 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
13050 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
13051 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
13052 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
13053 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
13054 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13055 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13056
13057 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
13058
13059 CHANGES WITH 216:
13060
13061 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
13062 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
13063 implementations should add a
13064
13065 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
13066
13067 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
13068 default functionality.
13069
13070 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
13071 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
13072 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
13073 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
13074 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
13075 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
13076 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
13077 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
13078 files might need to be owned by them. A new
13079 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
13080 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
13081 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
13082 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
13083
13084 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
13085 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
13086 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
13087 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
13088 added eventually, too.
13089
13090 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
13091 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
13092 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
13093 new command to update these fields.
13094
13095 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
13096 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
13097 have been discovered via DHCP.
13098
13099 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
13100 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
13101 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
13102 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
13103 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
13104 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
13105 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
13106 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
13107 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
13108 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
13109 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
13110 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
13111 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
13112 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
13113 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
13114 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
13115 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
13116 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
13117 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
13118 implementation to systemd-resolved.
13119
13120 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
13121 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
13122 containers to their respective IP addresses.
13123
13124 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
13125 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
13126 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
13127 and present it to the user in a very friendly
13128 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
13129 control utility for networkd.
13130
13131 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
13132 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
13133 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
13134 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
13135 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
13136 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
13137 (NoDelay=).
13138
13139 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
13140 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
13141
13142 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
13143 be started only after time-sync.target has been
13144 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
13145 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
13146 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
13147 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
13148
13149 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
13150 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
13151 of the link.
13152
13153 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
13154 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
13155
13156 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
13157 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
13158
13159 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
13160 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
13161 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
13162 for DHCP.
13163
13164 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
13165 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
13166 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
13167 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
13168 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
13169 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
13170 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
13171 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
13172
13173 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
13174 validation of unit files.
13175
13176 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
13177 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
13178 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
13179 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
13180 address may now be configured.
13181
13182 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
13183 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
13184 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
13185 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
13186
13187 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
13188 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
13189
13190 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
13191 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
13192 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
13193 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
13194
13195 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
13196 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
13197 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
13198 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
13199 implementation.
13200
13201 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
13202 journal data to a remote system running
13203 systemd-journal-remote.
13204
13205 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
13206 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
13207 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
13208 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
13209 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
13210 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
13211 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
13212 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
13213 version, you have to turn this option on again
13214 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
13215
13216 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
13217 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
13218 better than XZ which was the previous default.
13219
13220 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
13221 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
13222
13223 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
13224 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
13225
13226 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
13227 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
13228 "systemctl status" output for a service.
13229
13230 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
13231 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
13232 hostname, root password) interactively on first
13233 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
13234 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
13235
13236 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
13237
13238 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
13239
13240 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
13241 when primary addresses are removed.
13242
13243 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
13244 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
13245 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
13246 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
13247 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
13248 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
13249 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13250 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
13251 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
13252 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
13253 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
13254 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
13255 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
13256 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
13257 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13258
13259 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
13260
13261 CHANGES WITH 215:
13262
13263 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
13264 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
13265 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
13266 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
13267 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
13268 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
13269 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
13270 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
13271 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
13272 require.
13273
13274 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
13275 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
13276
13277 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
13278 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
13279 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
13280 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
13281 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
13282 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
13283 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
13284
13285 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
13286 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
13287 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
13288 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
13289 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
13290 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
13291 update or reset should use this condition and order
13292 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
13293 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
13294 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
13295 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
13296 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
13297 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
13298 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
13299 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
13300 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
13301
13302 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
13303
13304 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
13305 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
13306 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
13307 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
13308
13309 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
13310 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
13311 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
13312 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
13313 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
13314 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
13315 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
13316 .network files using settings of this section should be
13317 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
13318 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
13319
13320 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
13321 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
13322
13323 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
13324 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
13325 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
13326 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
13327 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
13328 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
13329 of nspawn instances.
13330
13331 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
13332 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
13333 added.
13334
13335 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
13336 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
13337 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
13338 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
13339 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
13340 configuration stored in /etc.
13341
13342 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
13343 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
13344 parsing of unknown mount options.
13345
13346 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
13347 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
13348 it already exist and not already be the correct
13349 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
13350 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
13351 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
13352 pre-existing files of different types.
13353
13354 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
13355 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
13356 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
13357 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
13358 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
13359 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
13360 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
13361
13362 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
13363 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
13364 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
13365 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
13366 shall be executed.
13367
13368 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
13369 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
13370 example whether it is fully up and running.
13371
13372 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
13373 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
13374 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
13375 reset.
13376
13377 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
13378 most basic services systemd ships by default.
13379
13380 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
13381 field for defining the default instance to create if a
13382 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
13383
13384 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
13385 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
13386 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
13387
13388 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
13389 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
13390 access to this group.
13391
13392 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
13393 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
13394 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
13395 to the journal.
13396
13397 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
13398 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
13399 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
13400 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
13401 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
13402 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
13403
13404 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
13405 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
13406 that makes sure to only show information about the most
13407 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
13408 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
13409 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
13410 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
13411 the old name to the new name.
13412
13413 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
13414 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
13415 coredumpctl without restrictions.
13416
13417 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
13418 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
13419 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
13420 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
13421 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
13422 "systemd-debug-generator".
13423
13424 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
13425 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
13426 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
13427 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
13428 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
13429 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
13430 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
13431 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
13432 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
13433 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
13434 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
13435
13436 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
13437 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
13438 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
13439 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
13440 been added to query many of these paths for the local
13441 machine and user.
13442
13443 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
13444 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
13445 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
13446 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
13447 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
13448
13449 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
13450 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
13451 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
13452 couple of drop-in directories.
13453
13454 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
13455 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
13456 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
13457 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
13458 for dev_port.
13459
13460 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
13461 container (read from /etc/os-release and
13462 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
13463 "machinectl status" for a machine.
13464
13465 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
13466 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
13467 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
13468 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
13469 Restart= setting.
13470
13471 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
13472 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
13473 directly connect to a specific container on the
13474 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
13475 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
13476 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
13477 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
13478 containers is a privileged operation.
13479
13480 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
13481 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
13482 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
13483 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
13484 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13485 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
13486 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
13487 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
13488 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
13489 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
13490 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
13491 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13492
13493 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
13494
13495 CHANGES WITH 214:
13496
13497 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
13498 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
13499 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
13500 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
13501 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
13502 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
13503 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
13504 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
13505 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
13506 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
13507 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
13508 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
13509 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
13510 devices are excluded from this logic.
13511
13512 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
13513 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
13514 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
13515 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
13516 change has been released.
13517
13518 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
13519 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
13520 libattr is thus unnecessary.
13521
13522 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
13523 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
13524 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
13525 with fewer privileges.
13526
13527 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
13528 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
13529 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
13530 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
13531
13532 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
13533 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
13534
13535 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
13536 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
13537
13538 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
13539 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
13540 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
13541
13542 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
13543 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
13544 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
13545 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
13546 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
13547 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
13548
13549 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
13550 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
13551 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
13552
13553 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
13554 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
13555 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
13556 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
13557 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
13558 modifications of user data or system files from
13559 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
13560 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
13561
13562 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
13563 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
13564 and FIFOs in the file system.
13565
13566 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
13567 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
13568 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
13569
13570 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
13571 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
13572 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
13573 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
13574 the socket itself.
13575
13576 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
13577 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
13578 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
13579 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
13580 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
13581 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
13582 symlinks, and nothing else.
13583
13584 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
13585 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
13586 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
13587 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
13588 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
13589 process (for example, the parent process). The
13590 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
13591 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
13592 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
13593 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
13594 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
13595 messages to services when the originating process already
13596 vanished.
13597
13598 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
13599 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
13600 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
13601 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
13602 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
13603 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
13604 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
13605 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
13606 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
13607 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
13608 all long-running services.
13609
13610 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
13611 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
13612 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
13613 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
13614 service.
13615
13616 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
13617 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
13618 applied to all submounts, too.
13619
13620 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
13621
13622 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
13623 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
13624 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
13625 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
13626 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
13627 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
13628 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
13629
13630 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
13631 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
13632 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
13633 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
13634 (domU) domains.
13635
13636 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
13637 files or entire directories.
13638
13639 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
13640 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
13641 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
13642 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
13643 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
13644
13645 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
13646 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
13647 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
13648 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
13649 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
13650 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
13651 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
13652 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
13653 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
13654 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
13655 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
13656 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
13657
13658 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
13659 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
13660 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
13661 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
13662
13663 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
13664 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
13665 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
13666 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
13667 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
13668 non-directories.
13669
13670 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
13671 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
13672 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
13673
13674 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
13675 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
13676 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
13677 this group.
13678
13679 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
13680 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
13681 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
13682 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
13683 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13684 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
13685 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13686
13687 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
13688
13689 CHANGES WITH 213:
13690
13691 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
13692 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
13693 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
13694 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
13695 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
13696 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
13697 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
13698 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
13699 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
13700 client should be more than appropriate for most
13701 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
13702 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
13703 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
13704 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
13705 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
13706 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
13707 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
13708 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
13709 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
13710 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
13711 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
13712
13713 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
13714 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
13715 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
13716 part of a different namespace.
13717
13718 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
13719 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
13720 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
13721 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
13722
13723 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
13724 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
13725 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
13726
13727 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
13728 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
13729 when a service fails. This works similarly to
13730 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
13731 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
13732 restart the service in question.
13733
13734 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
13735 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
13736 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
13737 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
13738 details when running non-locally.
13739
13740 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
13741 graphs it generates.
13742
13743 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
13744 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
13745 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
13746 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
13747 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
13748
13749 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
13750
13751 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
13752 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
13753 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
13754 what it was on SysV systems.
13755
13756 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
13757 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
13758
13759 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
13760 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
13761 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
13762
13763 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
13764 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
13765 to show these addresses in its output.
13766
13767 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
13768 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
13769 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
13770 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
13771 preferred over a text one.
13772
13773 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
13774 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
13775 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
13776 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
13777 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
13778 mDNS cache.
13779
13780 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
13781 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
13782 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
13783 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
13784 of network configuration performed in some other way.
13785
13786 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
13787 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
13788 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
13789 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
13790 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
13791
13792 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
13793 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
13794 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
13795 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
13796 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
13797 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
13798 overrides any other settings.
13799
13800 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
13801 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13802 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
13803 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
13804 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
13805 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
13806 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
13807 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
13808 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13809 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
13810 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
13811 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
13812 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
13813 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
13814 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
13815 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
13816 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13817
13818 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
13819
13820 CHANGES WITH 212:
13821
13822 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
13823 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
13824 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
13825 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
13826 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
13827 by accident.
13828
13829 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
13830 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
13831 registered with machined.
13832
13833 * sd-login gained new calls
13834 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
13835 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
13836 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
13837 counterparts.
13838
13839 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
13840 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
13841 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
13842 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
13843 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
13844 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
13845 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
13846 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
13847 once.
13848
13849 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
13850 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
13851 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
13852
13853 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
13854 units on all local containers, when used with the
13855 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
13856 executed when no parameters are specified).
13857
13858 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
13859 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
13860 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
13861 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
13862
13863 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
13864 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
13865 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
13866 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
13867 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
13868 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
13869
13870 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
13871 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
13872 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
13873 of the container.
13874
13875 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
13876 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
13877 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
13878 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
13879 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
13880 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
13881 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
13882 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
13883
13884 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
13885 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
13886 instead of /.
13887
13888 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
13889 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
13890 emergency messages now.
13891
13892 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
13893 journal log messages across the network.
13894
13895 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
13896 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
13897 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
13898 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
13899 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
13900 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
13901 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
13902
13903 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
13904 down a local OS container.
13905
13906 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
13907 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
13908 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
13909
13910 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
13911 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
13912 this is appropriate.
13913
13914 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
13915 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
13916 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
13917
13918 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
13919 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
13920 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
13921 for debugging purposes.
13922
13923 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
13924 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
13925 in seconds.
13926
13927 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
13928 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
13929 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
13930 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
13931 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
13932 like on traditional inetd.
13933
13934 * A new system.conf configuration option
13935 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
13936 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
13937
13938 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
13939 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
13940 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
13941 do these days).
13942
13943 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
13944 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
13945 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
13946 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
13947 could not take place because the system was powered off.
13948 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
13949
13950 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
13951 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
13952 it will be triggered.
13953
13954 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
13955 addresses to its local interfaces.
13956
13957 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
13958 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
13959 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
13960 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
13961 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
13962 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
13963 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
13964 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
13965 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13966
13967 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
13968
13969 CHANGES WITH 211:
13970
13971 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
13972 added to restrict which socket address families unit
13973 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
13974 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
13975 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
13976 is built on seccomp system call filters.
13977
13978 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
13979 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
13980 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
13981 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
13982 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
13983 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
13984 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
13985 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
13986 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
13987
13988 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
13989 matching against device group names.
13990
13991 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
13992 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
13993 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
13994 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
13995 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
13996 though.
13997
13998 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
13999 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
14000 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
14001 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
14002 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14003 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
14004 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
14005 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
14006 systems prepared appropriately.
14007
14008 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
14009 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
14010 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14011 (see above). This means that installations made with
14012 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
14013 deployed using container managers, completely
14014 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
14015 this feature soon, too.)
14016
14017 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
14018 set up a private macvlan interface for the
14019 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
14020 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
14021
14022 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
14023 using IPv4LL.
14024
14025 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
14026 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
14027 systemd-networkd.
14028
14029 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
14030 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
14031 still not a public API though (unless you specify
14032 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
14033 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
14034
14035 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
14036 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
14037 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
14038 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
14039 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
14040 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
14041 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
14042 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
14043 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
14044 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
14045 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
14046 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
14047 users.
14048
14049 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
14050 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
14051 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
14052 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
14053 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
14054 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
14055 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
14056 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
14057 due to a closed lid.
14058
14059 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
14060 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
14061 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
14062 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
14063 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
14064 order to then act as suspend blocker.
14065
14066 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
14067 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
14068 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
14069 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
14070 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
14071
14072 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
14073 now also work in --scope mode.
14074
14075 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
14076 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
14077 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
14078 promises are made.)
14079
14080 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
14081 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
14082 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
14083 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
14084 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
14085 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
14086 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
14087 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
14088 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
14089 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14090
14091 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
14092
14093 CHANGES WITH 210:
14094
14095 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
14096 according to SMACK rules.
14097
14098 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
14099 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
14100
14101 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
14102 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
14103 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
14104
14105 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
14106 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
14107 and machine ID.
14108
14109 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
14110 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
14111 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
14112 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
14113 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
14114 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
14115 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
14116 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
14117 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
14118 backpack or similar.
14119
14120 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
14121 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
14122 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
14123 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
14124 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
14125 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
14126 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
14127 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
14128 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
14129 this on its own.
14130
14131 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
14132 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
14133 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
14134 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
14135
14136 * We will now ship a default .network file for
14137 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
14138 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
14139 --network-bridge= switches.
14140
14141 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
14142 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
14143 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
14144 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
14145 metrics, according to what is customary according to
14146 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
14147 each configuration option.
14148
14149 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
14150 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
14151 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
14152 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
14153 at once.
14154
14155 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
14156 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
14157 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
14158 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
14159 triggered by other work being done in the program.
14160
14161 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
14162 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
14163 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
14164 default however.
14165
14166 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
14167 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
14168 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
14169 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
14170 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
14171 them with systemd-networkd.
14172
14173 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
14174 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
14175 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
14176 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
14177 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
14178 is drastically increased, but given that these are
14179 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
14180 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
14181 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
14182 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
14183 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
14184 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
14185 during a transitional period!
14186
14187 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
14188 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
14189
14190 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
14191 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
14192 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
14193 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
14194 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
14195 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14196 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
14197 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14198
14199 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
14200
14201 CHANGES WITH 209:
14202
14203 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
14204 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
14205 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
14206 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
14207 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
14208 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
14209 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
14210 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
14211 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
14212 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
14213 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
14214 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
14215
14216 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
14217 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
14218 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
14219 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
14220 machines and the like.
14221
14222 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
14223 shutdown/boot.
14224
14225 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
14226 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
14227
14228 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
14229 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
14230 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
14231 prepared for additional security frameworks.
14232
14233 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
14234 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
14235 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
14236 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
14237 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
14238 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
14239
14240 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
14241 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
14242 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
14243 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
14244 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
14245 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
14246 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
14247 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
14248 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
14249
14250 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
14251 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
14252
14253 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
14254 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
14255 implementation.
14256
14257 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
14258 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
14259 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
14260 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
14261 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
14262 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
14263 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
14264 and .service units.
14265
14266 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
14267 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
14268 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
14269
14270 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
14271 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
14272 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
14273 nothing makes use of it.
14274
14275 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
14276 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
14277 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
14278
14279 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
14280 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
14281 compatibility purposes.
14282
14283 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
14284 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
14285 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
14286 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
14287 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
14288 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
14289 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
14290 process handling.
14291
14292 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
14293 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
14294 style to "sd-bus.h".
14295
14296 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
14297 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
14298 "systemd-networkd".
14299
14300 * There is a new kernel command line option
14301 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
14302 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
14303 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
14304 are not restored.
14305
14306 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
14307 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
14308 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
14309 PID1's support for that anymore.
14310
14311 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
14312 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
14313
14314 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
14315 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
14316 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
14317 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
14318 container that is registered with machined, such as those
14319 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
14320
14321 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
14322 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
14323 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
14324 onto remote systems.
14325
14326 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
14327 login in any local container. This works with any container
14328 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
14329 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
14330
14331 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
14332 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
14333 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
14334 system of some kind.
14335
14336 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
14337 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
14338 next.
14339
14340 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
14341 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
14342 reboot() system call.
14343
14344 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
14345 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
14346 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
14347 still available but not advertised anymore.
14348
14349 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
14350 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
14351 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
14352 within each Unit.
14353
14354 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
14355 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
14356 the kernel).
14357
14358 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
14359 timestamps (following the setting in
14360 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
14361
14362 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
14363 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
14364
14365 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
14366 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
14367
14368 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
14369 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
14370 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
14371
14372 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
14373 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
14374 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
14375 the full configuration is shown.
14376
14377 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
14378 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
14379 those commands which take multiple unit names.
14380
14381 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
14382
14383 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
14384 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
14385
14386 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
14387 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
14388 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
14389 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
14390
14391 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
14392 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
14393 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
14394 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
14395
14396 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
14397 of the legend text.
14398
14399 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
14400 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
14401 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
14402 remote sessions.
14403
14404 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
14405 information of SDIO devices.
14406
14407 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
14408 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
14409 the system manager.
14410
14411 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
14412 short description of the connection parameters in the
14413 description.
14414
14415 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
14416 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
14417 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
14418 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
14419 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
14420 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
14421 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
14422
14423 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
14424 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
14425 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
14426 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
14427 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
14428 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
14429 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
14430 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
14431 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
14432
14433 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
14434 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
14435 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
14436 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
14437 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
14438 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
14439 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
14440 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
14441 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
14442 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
14443 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
14444 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
14445 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
14446 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
14447 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
14448 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
14449 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
14450 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
14451 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
14452 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
14453 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
14454 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
14455 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
14456
14457 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
14458 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
14459 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
14460 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
14461 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
14462 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
14463 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
14464 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
14465 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
14466 that you are aware of the instability of the current
14467 APIs.
14468
14469 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
14470 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
14471 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
14472 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
14473 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
14474 declare the APIs stable.
14475
14476 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
14477 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
14478 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
14479 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
14480 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
14481 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
14482 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
14483 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
14484 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
14485 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
14486 one of them is updated.
14487
14488 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
14489 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
14490 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
14491 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
14492 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
14493
14494 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
14495 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
14496 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
14497 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
14498 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
14499 entry points.
14500
14501 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
14502 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
14503 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
14504 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
14505 been disabled at compile-time.
14506
14507 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
14508 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
14509 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
14510 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
14511
14512 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
14513 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
14514 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
14515
14516 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
14517 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
14518 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
14519
14520 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
14521 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
14522 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
14523
14524 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
14525 remains until jobs expire.
14526
14527 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
14528 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
14529 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
14530 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
14531 all remaining processes of the service.
14532
14533 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
14534 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
14535 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
14536 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
14537 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
14538 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
14539 manager process which created them takes no further
14540 responsibilities for it.
14541
14542 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
14543 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
14544 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
14545 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
14546 marked executable or world-writable.
14547
14548 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
14549 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
14550 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
14551 "--setenv=" for consistency.
14552
14553 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
14554 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
14555 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
14556 independent of the host.
14557
14558 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
14559 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
14560 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
14561 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
14562
14563 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
14564 with specific SELinux labels set.
14565
14566 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
14567 any additional output but the container's own console
14568 output.
14569
14570 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
14571 container without PID namespacing enabled.
14572
14573 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
14574 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
14575 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
14576 OS images, but only specific apps.
14577
14578 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
14579 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
14580 results in registration of the unit service itself in
14581 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
14582
14583 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
14584 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
14585 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
14586 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
14587 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
14588 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
14589
14590 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
14591 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
14592 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
14593 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
14594 units to use.
14595
14596 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
14597 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
14598 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
14599 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
14600
14601 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
14602 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
14603 context for a service.
14604
14605 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
14606 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
14607 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
14608 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
14609 influence this logic.
14610
14611 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
14612 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
14613 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
14614 other things.
14615
14616 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
14617 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
14618 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
14619 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
14620 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
14621 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
14622 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
14623 architectures). There is also a global
14624 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
14625 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
14626
14627 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
14628 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
14629
14630 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
14631 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
14632 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
14633 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
14634 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
14635 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
14636 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
14637 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
14638 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
14639 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
14640 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
14641 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
14642 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14643 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
14644 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
14645 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
14646 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
14647 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
14648 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
14649 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
14650 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
14651 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
14652 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
14653 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14654
14655 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
14656
14657 CHANGES WITH 208:
14658
14659 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
14660 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
14661 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
14662 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
14663 access input and drm devices which are normally
14664 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
14665 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
14666 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
14667 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
14668 session switching without allowing background sessions to
14669 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
14670 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
14671 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
14672
14673 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
14674 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
14675 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
14676
14677 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
14678 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
14679 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
14680 kernel version number.
14681
14682 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
14683 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
14684 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
14685
14686 * This release removes high-level support for the
14687 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
14688 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
14689 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
14690 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
14691
14692 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
14693 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
14694 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
14695 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
14696 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
14697 cgroup system.
14698
14699 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
14700 messages containing the slice a message was generated
14701 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
14702 logs among other things.
14703
14704 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
14705 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
14706 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
14707 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
14708 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
14709 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
14710 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
14711 journald which would be necessary to resolve
14712 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
14713 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
14714 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
14715 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
14716 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
14717 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
14718 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
14719 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
14720 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
14721 not delayed until next reboot.
14722
14723 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
14724 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
14725 systemd generated files in one directory.
14726
14727 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
14728 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
14729 performance information if that's available to determine how
14730 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
14731 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
14732 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
14733
14734 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
14735 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
14736 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
14737 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14738 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
14739 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
14740 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14741
14742 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
14743
14744 CHANGES WITH 207:
14745
14746 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
14747 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
14748 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
14749 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
14750
14751 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
14752 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
14753 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
14754 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
14755 specified on the kernel command line less important.
14756
14757 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
14758 retrieve the VT number of a session.
14759
14760 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
14761 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
14762 maximum number of tries.
14763
14764 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
14765 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
14766 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
14767
14768 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
14769 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
14770
14771 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
14772 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
14773 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
14774
14775 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
14776 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
14777 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
14778
14779 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
14780 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
14781 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
14782 and type).
14783
14784 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
14785 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
14786
14787 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
14788 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
14789 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
14790 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
14791
14792 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
14793 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
14794 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
14795 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
14796 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
14797 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
14798 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
14799 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
14800
14801 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
14802 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
14803 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
14804 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
14805
14806 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
14807 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
14808 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
14809 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
14810 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
14811 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
14812 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
14813
14814 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
14815 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
14816
14817 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
14818 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
14819 automatically after the process terminated.
14820
14821 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
14822 certain paths from operation.
14823
14824 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
14825 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
14826 is received.
14827
14828 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
14829 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
14830 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
14831 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
14832 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
14833 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
14834 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
14835 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
14836 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
14837 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
14838 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14839 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
14840 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14841
14842 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
14843
14844 CHANGES WITH 206:
14845
14846 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
14847 concepts introduced with 205.
14848
14849 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
14850 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
14851 -r".
14852
14853 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
14854 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
14855 --state= parameter.
14856
14857 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
14858 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
14859 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
14860 the journal.
14861
14862 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
14863 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
14864 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
14865
14866 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
14867 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
14868 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
14869 browsing logs from that point on.
14870
14871 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
14872 of an FSS key.
14873
14874 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
14875 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
14876 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
14877 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
14878 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
14879 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
14880 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
14881 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
14882 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
14883 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
14884 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
14885 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
14886 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
14887 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
14888
14889 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
14890 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
14891 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
14892 backing module right-away.
14893
14894 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
14895 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
14896
14897 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
14898 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
14899
14900 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
14901 set of processes in the message metadata.
14902
14903 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
14904
14905 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
14906 support for passing performance data via environment
14907 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
14908 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
14909 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
14910 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
14911 deserialize it again.
14912
14913 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
14914 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
14915 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
14916 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
14917
14918 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
14919 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
14920 completely silent shutdown when used.
14921
14922 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
14923 option in .socket units.
14924
14925 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
14926 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
14927 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
14928 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
14929 system.slice as before.
14930
14931 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
14932
14933 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
14934 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
14935 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14936 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
14937 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
14938 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
14939 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14940
14941 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
14942
14943 CHANGES WITH 205:
14944
14945 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
14946
14947 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
14948 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
14949 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
14950 possible for system services and applications to group their
14951 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
14952 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
14953 together, or apply resource limits on them.
14954
14955 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
14956 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
14957 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
14958 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
14959 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
14960
14961 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
14962 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
14963 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
14964 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
14965
14966 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
14967 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
14968 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
14969 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
14970 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
14971 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
14972 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
14973 and useful as a general batch manager.
14974
14975 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
14976 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
14977 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
14978 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
14979 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
14980 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
14981 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
14982 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
14983 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
14984 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
14985
14986 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
14987 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
14988 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
14989 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
14990 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
14991 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
14992 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
14993 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
14994 is compile-time optional.
14995
14996 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
14997 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
14998 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
14999 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
15000 well as slice units.
15001
15002 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
15003 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
15004 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
15005 but will be extended later on to make more properties
15006 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
15007 command that wraps this call.
15008
15009 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
15010 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
15011 while configuring a number of settings via the command
15012 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
15013 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
15014 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
15015 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
15016
15017 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
15018 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
15019 off audit.
15020
15021 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
15022 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
15023
15024 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
15025 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
15026 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
15027 and system logs.
15028
15029 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
15030 snippets extending unit files.
15031
15032 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
15033 not available as public API.
15034
15035 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
15036 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
15037 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
15038
15039 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
15040 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
15041 controls what to boot into by default.
15042
15043 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
15044 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
15045
15046 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
15047 generators needed for execution, as well as information
15048 about the unit file loading.
15049
15050 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
15051 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
15052 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
15053 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
15054 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
15055 racy due to journal file rotation.
15056
15057 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
15058 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
15059 all services.
15060
15061 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
15062 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
15063 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
15064 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
15065 system services want to log events about specific client
15066 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
15067 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
15068 unit is requested.
15069
15070 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
15071 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
15072 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
15073 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
15074 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
15075 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15076 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
15077 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
15078 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
15079 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
15080 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15081 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
15082 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
15083
15084 CHANGES WITH 204:
15085
15086 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
15087 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
15088
15089 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
15090 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
15091 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
15092
15093 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
15094 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15095
15096 CHANGES WITH 203:
15097
15098 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
15099 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
15100
15101 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
15102 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
15103 fields, including the root directory.
15104
15105 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
15106 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
15107 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
15108 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
15109 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
15110 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
15111 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
15112 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
15113 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
15114 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
15115 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
15116
15117 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
15118 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
15119
15120 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
15121 have taken an inhibitor lock.
15122
15123 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
15124 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
15125 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
15126 the local hostname.
15127
15128 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
15129 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
15130 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
15131 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
15132 VMs/containers coming and going.
15133
15134 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
15135 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
15136 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
15137
15138 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
15139 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
15140 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
15141 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
15142
15143 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
15144 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
15145 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
15146
15147 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
15148 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
15149 services. With the container's root directory in
15150 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
15151 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
15152
15153 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
15154 the processes within a certain container.
15155
15156 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
15157 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
15158 check though. Patches welcome!
15159
15160 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
15161 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
15162 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
15163 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
15164 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
15165
15166 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
15167 the passed argument if applicable.
15168
15169 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
15170 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15171 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
15172 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
15173 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
15174 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
15175 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
15176 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15177
15178 CHANGES WITH 202:
15179
15180 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
15181 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
15182 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
15183 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
15184 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
15185 units activate.
15186
15187 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
15188 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
15189 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
15190 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
15191 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
15192 for now, and not installable.
15193
15194 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
15195 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
15196 can run in conjunction with udev.
15197
15198 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
15199 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
15200 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
15201 session manager.
15202
15203 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
15204 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
15205 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
15206 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
15207 services, user processes and containers/virtual
15208 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
15209 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
15210 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
15211 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
15212 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
15213 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
15214
15215 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
15216
15217 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
15218 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
15219 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
15220 logical expressions.
15221
15222 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
15223 switches.
15224
15225 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
15226 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
15227 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
15228 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
15229 the user.
15230
15231 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
15232 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
15233 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
15234 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
15235 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
15236 an entry.
15237
15238 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
15239 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15240 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
15241 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
15242 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
15243 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15244
15245 CHANGES WITH 201:
15246
15247 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
15248 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
15249 directory.
15250
15251 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
15252 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
15253 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
15254 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
15255 problem.
15256
15257 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
15258 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
15259 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
15260 before the key file is attempted to be read.
15261
15262 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
15263 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
15264
15265 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
15266 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
15267 files in this context are files such as
15268 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
15269
15270 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
15271 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
15272 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
15273 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
15274 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
15275 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
15276
15277 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
15278 hostnames.
15279
15280 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
15281 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
15282 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
15283 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
15284 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
15285 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
15286 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
15287 all time-related output of systemd.
15288
15289 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
15290 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
15291 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
15292 loops.
15293
15294 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
15295 (models, layouts, variants, options).
15296
15297 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
15298 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
15299 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
15300 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
15301 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
15302
15303 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
15304 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
15305 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
15306 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
15307 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
15308 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
15309 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
15310
15311 CHANGES WITH 200:
15312
15313 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
15314 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
15315 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
15316 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
15317 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
15318 middle ground between physical and access time order.
15319
15320 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
15321 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
15322 images.
15323
15324 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
15325 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
15326 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15327
15328 CHANGES WITH 199:
15329
15330 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
15331
15332 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
15333 security policy.
15334
15335 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
15336 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
15337 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
15338 shared by all processes of a service (which means
15339 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
15340 the same service can still access). When a service is
15341 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
15342 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
15343 this though).
15344
15345 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
15346 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
15347 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
15348 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
15349 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
15350 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
15351
15352 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
15353 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
15354
15355 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
15356 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
15357
15358 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
15359
15360 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
15361 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
15362 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
15363 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
15364 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
15365
15366 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
15367 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
15368 system is to be mounted.
15369
15370 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
15371 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
15372 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
15373 purpose for socket units.
15374
15375 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
15376 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
15377
15378 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
15379 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
15380 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
15381 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
15382 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
15383
15384 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
15385 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
15386 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
15387 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15388 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
15389 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
15390 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
15391 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15392 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15393
15394 CHANGES WITH 198:
15395
15396 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
15397 files without having to edit/override the unit files
15398 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
15399 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
15400 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
15401 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
15402 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
15403 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
15404 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
15405 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
15406 unit files locally: copying the files from
15407 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
15408 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
15409 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
15410 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
15411 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
15412 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
15413 for them too.
15414
15415 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
15416 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
15417 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
15418 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
15419 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
15420 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
15421 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
15422 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
15423 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
15424
15425 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
15426 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
15427
15428 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
15429 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
15430 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
15431 other users.
15432
15433 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
15434 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
15435 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
15436 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
15437 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
15438 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
15439 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
15440 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
15441 management logic is also available to other programs via the
15442 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
15443 supported.
15444
15445 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
15446 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
15447 the foreground VT.
15448
15449 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
15450 call.
15451
15452 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
15453 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
15454 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
15455 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
15456 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
15457 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
15458 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
15459 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
15460 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
15461 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
15462 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
15463 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
15464 also been removed.
15465
15466 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
15467 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
15468 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
15469 objects themselves.
15470
15471 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
15472
15473 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
15474 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
15475 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
15476 to how this is supported in shells.
15477
15478 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
15479 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
15480 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
15481 user systemd instance.
15482
15483 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
15484 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
15485 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
15486 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
15487 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
15488 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
15489 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
15490 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
15491 one day for good in the kernel.
15492
15493 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
15494 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
15495 container.
15496
15497 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
15498 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
15499 the host into the container.
15500
15501 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
15502 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
15503 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
15504 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
15505 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
15506 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
15507
15508 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
15509
15510 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
15511 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
15512 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
15513 configured to be mounted there.
15514
15515 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
15516 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
15517 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
15518 system resume events.
15519
15520 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
15521 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
15522 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
15523 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
15524
15525 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
15526 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
15527 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
15528 card).
15529
15530 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
15531 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
15532 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
15533
15534 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
15535 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
15536 later "change" event.
15537
15538 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
15539 now carry a message ID.
15540
15541 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
15542 continues to be work in progress.
15543
15544 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
15545 root directory to operate relative to.
15546
15547 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
15548 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
15549 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
15550 times a little.
15551
15552 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
15553 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
15554 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
15555 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
15556 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
15557 request boot into firmware operations.
15558
15559 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
15560 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
15561 correctly in initrds.
15562
15563 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
15564 compile time optional via a configure switch.
15565
15566 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
15567 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
15568
15569 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
15570 the status of all active or failed units.
15571
15572 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
15573 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
15574 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
15575 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
15576 requests more robust.
15577
15578 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
15579 reading journal files.
15580
15581 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
15582 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
15583
15584 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
15585
15586 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
15587 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
15588
15589 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
15590 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
15591 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
15592 socket activation in daemons.
15593
15594 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
15595 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
15596
15597 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
15598 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
15599 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
15600
15601 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
15602 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
15603 system units.
15604
15605 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
15606 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
15607 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
15608
15609 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
15610 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
15611 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
15612 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
15613 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
15614 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
15615 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
15616 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
15617 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
15618 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
15619 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
15620 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
15621 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
15622 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
15623 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
15624 package installation time.
15625
15626 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
15627 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
15628 scripts need to create these system user/group at
15629 installation time.
15630
15631 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
15632 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
15633
15634 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
15635
15636 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
15637 available.
15638
15639 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
15640 load SMACK policies at early boot.
15641
15642 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
15643 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
15644 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
15645 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
15646 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15647 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
15648 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
15649 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
15650 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
15651 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
15652 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
15653 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
15654 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
15655 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
15656
15657 CHANGES WITH 197:
15658
15659 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
15660 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
15661 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
15662 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
15663 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
15664 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
15665 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
15666 the supported calendar time specification language see
15667 systemd.time(7).
15668
15669 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
15670 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
15671 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
15672 document for details:
15673
15674 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
15675
15676 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
15677 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
15678 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
15679 implementations around and minimal in its code and
15680 dependencies.
15681
15682 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
15683 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
15684 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
15685 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
15686 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
15687 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
15688 with a configure switch.
15689
15690 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
15691 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
15692 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
15693 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
15694 such as ext4.
15695
15696 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
15697 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
15698 identities are attached to the devices as well.
15699
15700 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
15701 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
15702
15703 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
15704 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
15705 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
15706 using only core OS tools.
15707
15708 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
15709 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
15710 implementation of socket activated nspawn
15711 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
15712 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
15713 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
15714 eventually.
15715
15716 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
15717 presenting log data.
15718
15719 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
15720 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
15721
15722 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
15723 system on idle.
15724
15725 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
15726 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
15727 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
15728 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
15729 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
15730 information if possible.
15731
15732 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
15733 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
15734 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
15735
15736 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
15737 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
15738 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
15739 is running on battery power.
15740
15741 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
15742 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
15743 is in the "failed" state.
15744
15745 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
15746 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
15747 environment files at once.
15748
15749 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
15750 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
15751 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
15752 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
15753 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
15754 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
15755 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
15756 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
15757 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
15758 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
15759 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
15760 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
15761 pieces of code locally from the git history.
15762
15763 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
15764 log the unit name in the message meta data.
15765
15766 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
15767 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
15768
15769 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
15770 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
15771 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
15772 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
15773 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
15774 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
15775 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
15776 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
15777 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
15778 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
15779 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
15780 shipped from us upstream.
15781
15782 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
15783 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
15784 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
15785 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
15786 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15787 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
15788 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
15789 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
15790 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
15791 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
15792 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
15793 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
15794 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15795
15796 CHANGES WITH 196:
15797
15798 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
15799 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
15800 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
15801 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
15802 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
15803 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
15804 becoming the one central database for non-essential
15805 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
15806 database was only attached to select devices, since the
15807 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
15808 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
15809 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
15810 data for all devices where this is available, by
15811 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
15812 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
15813 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
15814 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
15815 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
15816 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
15817
15818 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
15819 indexed database to link up additional information with
15820 journal entries. For further details please check:
15821
15822 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
15823
15824 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
15825 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
15826 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
15827 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
15828 macro for this purpose.
15829
15830 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
15831 Python logging framework.
15832
15833 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
15834 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
15835 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
15836 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
15837 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
15838 time intervals.
15839
15840 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
15841 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
15842 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
15843
15844 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
15845 right-away on the selected coredump.
15846
15847 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
15848 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
15849 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
15850
15851 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
15852 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
15853 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
15854 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
15855
15856 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
15857 default.
15858
15859 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
15860 SMACK security label.
15861
15862 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
15863 daylight saving change.
15864
15865 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
15866 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
15867 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
15868 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
15869 distributions who still need support this to either continue
15870 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
15871 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
15872
15873 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
15874 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
15875 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
15876 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
15877 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
15878 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
15879 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
15880
15881 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
15882 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
15883
15884 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
15885 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
15886 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
15887 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
15888 offline updating tools.
15889
15890 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
15891 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
15892 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
15893 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
15894 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
15895 directories for packages to place various data files in.
15896
15897 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
15898 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
15899
15900 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
15901 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15902 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
15903 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15904 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
15905 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
15906 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
15907 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
15908 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15909
15910 CHANGES WITH 195:
15911
15912 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
15913 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
15914 units via --unit=/-u.
15915
15916 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
15917 right thing.
15918
15919 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
15920 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
15921 rotation.
15922
15923 * The journal will now index the available field values for
15924 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
15925 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
15926 completion of journalctl has been updated
15927 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
15928 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
15929
15930 * More service events are now written as structured messages
15931 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
15932
15933 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
15934 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
15935 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
15936 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
15937 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
15938 these settings from the command line now, especially since
15939 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
15940 completion.
15941
15942 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
15943 extract coredumps from the journal.
15944
15945 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
15946 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
15947 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
15948 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
15949 scratch their heads.
15950
15951 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
15952 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
15953
15954 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
15955 in immediate termination of systemd.
15956
15957 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
15958 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
15959
15960 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
15961 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
15962 mouse screen support has been added.
15963
15964 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
15965 Server-Sent-Events as output.
15966
15967 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
15968 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
15969 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
15970 "systemctl reload".
15971
15972 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
15973 -u" instead.
15974
15975 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
15976 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
15977 configured.
15978
15979 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
15980 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
15981
15982 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
15983 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
15984 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
15985 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
15986 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
15987 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
15988 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
15989
15990 CHANGES WITH 194:
15991
15992 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
15993 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
15994 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
15995 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
15996 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
15997 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
15998 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
15999 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
16000 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
16001 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
16002 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
16003 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
16004
16005 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
16006 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
16007 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16008
16009 CHANGES WITH 193:
16010
16011 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
16012 starting from the specified location in the journal.
16013
16014 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
16015 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
16016 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
16017
16018 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
16019 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
16020 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
16021 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
16022 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
16023 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
16024 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
16025
16026 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
16027 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
16028
16029 This will download the journal contents in a
16030 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
16031
16032 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
16033
16034 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
16035 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
16036 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
16037 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
16038 screenshot of this app in its current state:
16039
16040 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
16041
16042 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
16043 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
16044
16045 CHANGES WITH 192:
16046
16047 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
16048 too.
16049
16050 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
16051 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
16052 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
16053 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
16054 just start them.
16055
16056 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
16057 and line break accordingly.
16058
16059 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16060 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
16061
16062 CHANGES WITH 191:
16063
16064 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
16065 container environment, copying the host's timezone
16066 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
16067 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
16068 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
16069
16070 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
16071 will default to 10 if omitted.
16072
16073 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
16074 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
16075 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
16076 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
16077 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
16078
16079 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
16080 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
16081 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
16082 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
16083 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
16084 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
16085 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
16086
16087 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
16088 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
16089 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
16090 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
16091 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
16092 into two.
16093
16094 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
16095 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
16096
16097 CHANGES WITH 190:
16098
16099 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
16100 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
16101 "systemctl status".
16102
16103 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
16104 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
16105 system to another place in the same file system could not be
16106 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
16107 field.)
16108
16109 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
16110 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
16111 default.
16112
16113 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
16114 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
16115 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
16116 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
16117 in a container.
16118
16119 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
16120 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
16121 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
16122 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
16123 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
16124 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
16125
16126 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
16127 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
16128 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
16129 no-op.
16130
16131 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
16132 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
16133 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
16134 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
16135 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
16136
16137 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
16138 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
16139
16140 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
16141 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
16142 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
16143 command.
16144
16145 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
16146 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
16147 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
16148
16149 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
16150
16151 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
16152 multiple files at once.
16153
16154 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
16155 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
16156 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
16157 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
16158 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
16159 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
16160 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
16161
16162 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
16163 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
16164 now support specifiers as well.
16165
16166 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
16167 dir: %_presetdir.
16168
16169 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
16170 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
16171
16172 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
16173 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
16174 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
16175 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
16176 anymore.
16177
16178 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
16179 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
16180 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
16181 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
16182
16183 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
16184 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
16185 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
16186
16187 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
16188 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
16189 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
16190 sockets.
16191
16192 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
16193 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
16194 is changed.
16195
16196 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
16197 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
16198 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
16199 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
16200 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
16201 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
16202 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
16203
16204 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
16205
16206 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
16207 the unit file label and client process label into account.
16208
16209 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
16210 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
16211
16212 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
16213 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
16214 (%b).
16215
16216 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
16217 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
16218 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16219 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
16220 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
16221 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
16222 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16223
16224 CHANGES WITH 189:
16225
16226 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
16227 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
16228
16229 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
16230 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
16231 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
16232 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
16233 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
16234 syslog daemons again.
16235
16236 * The libudev API gained the new
16237 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
16238
16239 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
16240 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
16241 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
16242 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
16243
16244 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
16245 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
16246 container.
16247
16248 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
16249 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
16250 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
16251 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
16252 this explaining it in more detail.
16253
16254 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
16255 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
16256 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
16257 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
16258
16259 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
16260 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
16261 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
16262 journal files.
16263
16264 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
16265 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
16266 as container init process a lot more fun.
16267
16268 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
16269 entries.
16270
16271 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
16272 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
16273 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
16274 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
16275 different sets of services.
16276
16277 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
16278 failure state.
16279
16280 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
16281 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
16282 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16283
16284 CHANGES WITH 188:
16285
16286 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
16287 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
16288 tree a lot more organized.
16289
16290 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
16291 may be used to group services in a natural way.
16292
16293 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
16294 services.
16295
16296 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
16297 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
16298 filtering by log level now.
16299
16300 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
16301 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
16302 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
16303
16304 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
16305 command lines involving service unit names.
16306
16307 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
16308 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
16309
16310 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
16311 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
16312 and encodes structured information about the error number.
16313
16314 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
16315 option.
16316
16317 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
16318 a shutdown is cancelled.
16319
16320 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
16321 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
16322 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
16323 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
16324 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
16325
16326 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
16327 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
16328 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
16329 for display managers instead.
16330
16331 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
16332 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
16333 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
16334 protection, and suchlike.
16335
16336 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
16337 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
16338 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
16339 the service.
16340
16341 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
16342 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
16343 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
16344 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
16345 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
16346 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16347
16348 CHANGES WITH 187:
16349
16350 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
16351 pages.
16352
16353 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
16354 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
16355 data loss.
16356
16357 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
16358 option.
16359
16360 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
16361
16362 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
16363 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
16364
16365 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
16366 specific directory.
16367
16368 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
16369 messages of two different boots.
16370
16371 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
16372 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
16373 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
16374
16375 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
16376 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
16377 disjunctions.
16378
16379 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
16380 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
16381 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
16382
16383 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
16384 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
16385 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
16386
16387 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
16388 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
16389 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
16390 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
16391 speed things up a bit.
16392
16393 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
16394 header data of journal files.
16395
16396 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
16397 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
16398 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
16399
16400 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
16401 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
16402 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
16403 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
16404
16405 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16406
16407 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
16408 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
16409 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
16410 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16411
16412 CHANGES WITH 186:
16413
16414 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
16415 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
16416 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
16417 prefixed with rd.
16418
16419 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
16420 automatically generated at boot. Use:
16421
16422 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
16423
16424 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
16425
16426 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
16427
16428 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
16429 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
16430 as well.
16431
16432 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
16433 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
16434 in all appropriate directories automatically.
16435
16436 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
16437 does the right thing. Example:
16438
16439 udevadm info /dev/sda
16440 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
16441
16442 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
16443 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
16444 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
16445 running.
16446
16447 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
16448 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
16449
16450 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
16451 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
16452
16453 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
16454 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
16455 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
16456 files.
16457
16458 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
16459 be stopped that is not loaded.
16460
16461 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
16462
16463 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
16464
16465 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
16466 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
16467 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
16468 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
16469
16470 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
16471 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
16472 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
16473 completed initialization.
16474
16475 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
16476
16477 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
16478 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
16479 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
16480 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
16481 distributions.
16482
16483 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
16484 always valid when services log to the journal via
16485 STDOUT/STDERR.
16486
16487 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
16488 command line options we understand.
16489
16490 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
16491 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
16492
16493 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
16494 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
16495
16496 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
16497 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
16498 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
16499 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
16500
16501 systemctl status /home
16502 systemctl status /dev/sda
16503
16504 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
16505 system.conf parsing.
16506
16507 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
16508 Manager object.
16509
16510 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
16511
16512 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
16513
16514 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
16515 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
16516 complete.
16517
16518 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
16519 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
16520 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
16521 systemd-fsck@.service.
16522
16523 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
16524 Manager object.
16525
16526 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
16527 work sensibly.
16528
16529 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
16530 we actually understand.
16531
16532 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
16533 additional capabilities to the container.
16534
16535 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
16536 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
16537 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
16538
16539 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
16540 the current boot only.
16541
16542 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
16543 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
16544
16545 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
16546 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
16547 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
16548 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
16549 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
16550
16551 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16552
16553 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
16554 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16555 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
16556 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
16557
16558 CHANGES WITH 185:
16559
16560 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
16561 available.
16562
16563 * Several new man pages have been added.
16564
16565 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
16566 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
16567 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
16568 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
16569
16570 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
16571 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
16572
16573 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
16574 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
16575 Matthias Clasen
16576
16577 CHANGES WITH 184:
16578
16579 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
16580 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
16581
16582 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
16583 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
16584 daemon.
16585
16586 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
16587 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
16588
16589 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
16590 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
16591 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
16592 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
16593
16594 CHANGES WITH 183:
16595
16596 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
16597 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
16598 and systemd's most recent version number.
16599
16600 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
16601 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
16602 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
16603 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
16604 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
16605 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
16606
16607 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
16608 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
16609 subsystems.
16610
16611 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
16612 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
16613 used to subscribe to events.
16614
16615 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
16616 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
16617 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
16618 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
16619 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
16620 forked by udev rules.
16621
16622 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
16623 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
16624 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
16625 it.
16626
16627 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
16628 udev_monitor_from_socket()
16629 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
16630 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
16631 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
16632
16633 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
16634 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
16635
16636 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
16637 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
16638 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
16639 the files to the new names on upgrade.
16640
16641 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
16642 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
16643 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
16644 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
16645 to be used as drop-in files.
16646
16647 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
16648 particular suspending and hibernating.
16649
16650 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
16651 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
16652 about this in more detail.
16653
16654 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
16655 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
16656 places). Distributions which have not converted these
16657 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
16658 from git history and add them downstream.
16659
16660 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
16661 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
16662 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
16663 units.
16664
16665 * All smaller setup units (such as
16666 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
16667 are run in a container and are skipped when
16668 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
16669 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
16670
16671 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
16672 integrated, for details see:
16673 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
16674
16675 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
16676 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
16677 messages.
16678
16679 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
16680 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
16681 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
16682 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
16683 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
16684
16685 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
16686 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
16687 for all units started by PID 1.
16688
16689 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
16690 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
16691 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
16692
16693 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
16694 of PID 1 anymore.
16695
16696 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
16697 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
16698 have not been read by systemd yet.
16699
16700 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
16701 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
16702 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
16703 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
16704 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
16705 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
16706
16707 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
16708 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
16709
16710 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
16711
16712 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
16713 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
16714 so sexy.
16715
16716 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
16717 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
16718 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
16719 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
16720 patterns.
16721
16722 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
16723 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
16724 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
16725 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
16726
16727 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
16728 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
16729
16730 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
16731 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
16732 in systemd now.
16733
16734 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
16735 ID on the command line.
16736
16737 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
16738 for an init system.
16739
16740 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
16741 vt100.
16742
16743 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
16744
16745 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
16746 components now have directories of their own.
16747
16748 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
16749
16750 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
16751 container in other hierarchies.
16752
16753 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
16754 system.conf.
16755
16756 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
16757
16758 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
16759 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
16760
16761 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
16762 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
16763
16764 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
16765 locally generated journal files.
16766
16767 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
16768
16769 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
16770
16771 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
16772 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
16773 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
16774 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
16775 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
16776 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
16777 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16778 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
16779 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
16780 Gundersen
16781
16782 CHANGES WITH 44:
16783
16784 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16785
16786 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
16787 KVM or container configured UUID.
16788
16789 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
16790
16791 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
16792
16793 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16794 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
16795
16796 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16797
16798 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
16799 folks
16800
16801 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
16802 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16803 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
16804
16805 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
16806 configuration
16807
16808 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
16809 free fashion
16810
16811 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
16812 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
16813 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16814 automatically generated data.
16815
16816 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
16817 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
16818 however.
16819
16820 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
16821 tarball.
16822
16823 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
16824 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
16825 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
16826 Reding
16827
16828 CHANGES WITH 43:
16829
16830 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16831
16832 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
16833
16834 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
16835
16836 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
16837 normal user logins.
16838
16839 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
16840 Biebl
16841
16842 CHANGES WITH 42:
16843
16844 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
16845
16846 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
16847 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
16848 xsltproc.
16849
16850 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
16851 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
16852 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
16853
16854 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
16855 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
16856 reboot can automatically be triggered.
16857
16858 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
16859
16860 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
16861 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16862 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
16863
16864 CHANGES WITH 41:
16865
16866 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
16867 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
16868 package update.
16869
16870 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
16871 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
16872 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
16873
16874 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
16875 complete.
16876
16877 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
16878 understood to set system wide environment variables
16879 dynamically at boot.
16880
16881 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
16882
16883 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
16884 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
16885 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
16886 files.
16887
16888 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16889 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
16890 William Douglas
16891
16892 CHANGES WITH 40:
16893
16894 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16895
16896 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
16897 "Result" D-Bus property.
16898
16899 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
16900 the next few releases.)
16901
16902 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
16903 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
16904 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
16905 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
16906
16907 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
16908 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
16909 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
16910
16911 CHANGES WITH 39:
16912
16913 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16914 bugfixes.
16915
16916 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
16917 resource usage.
16918
16919 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
16920 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
16921 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
16922 journals by the respective users.
16923
16924 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
16925 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
16926 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
16927
16928 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
16929 client for all entries.
16930
16931 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
16932
16933 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
16934 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
16935
16936 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
16937 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
16938 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
16939 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
16940
16941 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
16942 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
16943 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
16944
16945 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
16946 journal along with meta data.
16947
16948 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
16949 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
16950 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
16951
16952 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
16953 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
16954 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
16955
16956 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
16957
16958 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
16959 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
16960 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
16961 or fsck.
16962
16963 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
16964 requested with new -k switch.
16965
16966 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16967 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
16968
16969 CHANGES WITH 38:
16970
16971 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16972 bugfixes.
16973
16974 * The git repository moved to:
16975 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
16976 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
16977
16978 * First release with the journal
16979 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
16980
16981 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
16982 systemd-stdout-bridge.
16983
16984 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
16985
16986 * Many systemadm clean-ups
16987
16988 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
16989 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
16990 remote mounts.
16991
16992 * Added Mageia support
16993
16994 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
16995
16996 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
16997 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
16998 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
16999 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
17000 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
17001
17002 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
17003 of existing distributions.
17004
17005 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
17006 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
17007
17008 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
17009 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
17010 boot.
17011
17012 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
17013
17014 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
17015 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
17016 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
17017 among other things.
17018
17019 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
17020 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
17021
17022 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
17023
17024 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
17025 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
17026 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
17027
17028 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
17029 restored.
17030
17031 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
17032 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
17033 kmod
17034
17035 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
17036 of /usr/local by default.
17037
17038 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
17039 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
17040 in:
17041 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
17042
17043 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
17044 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
17045 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
17046 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
17047 supported anyway, and bad style).
17048
17049 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
17050 reloading of units together.
17051
17052 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
17053 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
17054 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
17055 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
17056 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek